Home

Safety Code for the construction industry

1. in cool and well ventilated areas R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 5 O C 995 91 s 10 O C 329 94 s 66 S Q 2015 c 13 s 15 3 17 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 div 3 17 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 1 O C 1959 86 s 24 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 2 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 3 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 4 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 5 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 5 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 6 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 6 O C 425 2010 s 5 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharge php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 43 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 17 7 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 7 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 8 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 8 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 17 9 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 17 9 O C 425 2010 s 5 3 18 Demolition 3 18 1 Requirements prior to demolition 1 The principal contractor must send to the Commission a demolition notice giving the method used at least 7 days before the beginning of wrecking work on a building or structure In emergency cases the notice must be s
2. 8 7 2 The compartment for ladders or stairs in a shaft shall be separated from the compartment or the section of the shaft in which material hoisting engines or a counterweight are moved about by a wire mesh made of No 9 AWG galvanized steel wire and forming links of not more than 40 mm on a side so that the persons travelling in the compartment will not be struck by the conveyance or the counterweight or be hit by objects that may fall into the shaft R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 2 O C 393 2011 s 21 8 7 3 Shafts and raises inclined more than 30 with respect to the horizontal shall be equipped with ladders or stairs R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 3 8 7 4 The minimum open space required for movement on a ladder shall be 600 mm x 600 mm http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 70 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry K R W 1901 C 9 2 1 1 0 S 8 1 4 8 7 5 A clearance space shall be ensured along the length of travelways R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 5 8 7 6 Hazards which may result due to an abrupt change in the clearance space shall be clearly indicated in a travelway R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 6 8 7 7 A flexible ladder may be used if the use of a rigid ladder is impossible and on condition that it is a solidly anchored at both ends and b suspended so that movement of hands and f
3. http ww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 36 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 10 14 Abrasive wheels Any abrasive wheel a 50 mm or more in diameter shall be equipped with a guard compatible with the work being performed and offering the most efficient protection against accident b shall be tightened between 2 protective discs of a minimum diameter of at least 1 3 its diameter unless mounted on chucks cemented on back metallic plates or firmly fixed on back by any other mean c shall have its tool holder or its work stand firmly fixed and never more than 3 mm from the abrasive wheel d shall be inspected before being mounted in order to detect cracks excessive looseness or other defects e shall not operate at a speed higher than the maximum speed specified by the manufacturer and f shall not be used if it is cracked broken or unbalanced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 14 3 10 15 Saws 1 Bandwheels on bandsaws and the return portion of the blades shall be placed in guards and the working side of the saw blade shall be protected between the rollers or guide blocks and the casing of the upper band wheel 2 Any circular saw shall be provided with a protective hood covering the exposed parts up to the base of the teeth R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 15 3 10 16 Chain saw 1 Chain brake A portable
4. 2 Any lifting jack shall be equipped with a positive stop to prevent overstop or with a stop indicator in order to determine the limit of travel R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 8 O C 329 94 s 19 2 15 9 Hoisting apparatus shall be assembled maintained and dismantled under the supervision of experienced workers and in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 9 2 15 10 Minimum age No work performed by means of a motorized hoisting apparatus may be performed by a worker under 18 years of age http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 16 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 10 O C 329 94 s 20 2 16 Piles sheet piling 2 16 1 Handling Piles and sheet piling shall at all times be firmly held up with a device other than the hand of the worker during their installation and removal R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 16 1 2 16 2 Handling area No worker who is not assigned to the handling of piles and sheet piling shall be in that area R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 16 2 O C 329 94 s 21 2 16 3 Pile hammer When not in use any pile hammer shall not be kept in a raised position R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 16 3 2 16 4 Pile heads Any pile head before being driven in shall be a cut at right angle and b free from debri
5. 3 2 6 Drinking water 1 The employer shall supply his workers with drinking water by putting water fountains or clean individual cups and a sufficient supply of water at their disposal 2 Ifthe water does not come from a municipal aqueduct it shall be analysed at the beginning of the works and every 3 months thereafter R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 6 O C 329 94 s 29 3 2 7 Toilets As of the first day of work a toilet must be placed at the disposal of workers If 25 or more workers are to occupy the site at the same time a flushing toilet must be placed at their disposal even if all the workers are not yet present on site If there never will be more than 24 workers on site a chemical toilet may be at their http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 19 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry disposal One toilet is provided per group of 30 workers or fewer If a flushing toilet is not connected to a waterworks or sewer system in accordance with the Construction Code chapter B 1 1 r 2 it must collect the waste in a tank to process the waste chemically and be built in accordance with the standard Sanitation Nonsewered Waste Disposal Systems Minimum requirements ANSI Z4 3 1995 R 2005 published by the American National Standards Institute The obligation to place a toilet at the disposal of workers is met if the workers are authorized t
6. 5 Subsection revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 2 O C 1959 86 s 19 O C 807 92 s 6 3 10 2 1 All terrain vehicles The use of all terrain vehicles on a construction site is permitted only under the following conditions a the vehicle is mounted on at least 4 wheels b it is equipped with a portable fire extinguisher complying with section 3 4 4 of this Code c it is equipped with a yellow flag at least 0 05 m in area placed at least 1 5 m off the ground d the driver of the vehicle has the skill and knowledge required to safety use the vehicle as well as the extinguisher with which it is equipped e the driver shall wear the following pieces of individual protective equipment i a motorcycle or snowmobile protective helmet conforming to the Protective Helmets Regulation chapter C 24 2 r 6 ii safety glasses or a face shield that comply with the latest version of CAN CSA Standard Z94 3 Eye and Face Protectors within 24 months following its last update or a visor designed to be attached to a protective helmet iii flexible leather gloves or gloves made of a material that ensures a snug fit at the wrists and a good grip on the vehicle s controls It is prohibited to install a winch on an all terrain vehicle In this section all terrain vehicle means a pleasure vehicle designed for driving elsewhere than on public highways and having a net mass not exceeding 450 kg O C 807 92 s 7 O C 329 94 s 49
7. Changing room and shower For abrasive blasting the employer must provide workers with a changing room that complies with section 3 2 11 and a shower that complies with section 3 2 15 O C 885 2001 s 370 O C 393 2011 s 15 3 21 Work in confined space O C 1959 86 s 28 3 21 1 Before work begins in a confined space the principal contractor together with the employer specifies in writing a the tools required for the work http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 45 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry b the equipment installed or to be installed in the confined space and the measures to be taken for its installation use maintenance and protection or to mowe it c the pipe and conduits entering the confined space d the hazards and corresponding safety measures to be taken according to the work e contaminants which may be found in or around the confined space f the life saving devices and equipment needed and the corresponding emergency measures That information must be available on the job site O C 1959 86 s 28 3 21 2 In confined spaces the employer must take the contaminant concentration readings mentioned in subparagraph e of the first paragraph of section 3 21 1 and make sure that no worker even when wearing protective breathing equipment enters a confined space containing or which may contain a
8. d the model and the make of the heavy equipment for which the structure has been designed 5 The operator of a heavy equipment equipped with a protective structure except for the grader shall wear a safety belt when the vehicle is in motion 6 The caterpillars of bulldozers working perpendicular to the axis of a slope shall be equipped with metal parts placed so as to prevent sliding in the axis of the slope 7 When rollers are used on a steep slope one shall a be careful to keep to the newly laid paving b be careful never to come in contact with bituminous bonding or c provide for a device capable of stopping the roller in case of danger 8 This section does not apply to a bulldozer on caterpillars equipped with a side boom and a counterweight and used for installing gas or oil pipelines R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 3 Decision 83 11 17 s 6 O C 393 2011 s 12 O C 606 2014 s 15 3 10 3 1 A loader manufactured after 23 April 1980 shall be designed and installed so that persons entering or leaving the cabin may not be struck or caught by a moving part R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 3 1 3 10 3 2 Loader used for handling purposes Subject to section 3 10 3 3 the use of a loader to handle materials other than earthwork materials is allowed under the following conditions a the handling of materials shall be carried out with equipment excluding the bucket designed by the manufacturer for the hand
9. d the transportation of other materials in the shaft is prohibited R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 4 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 5 When explosives or blasting accessories are hauled by a locomotive a explosives and blasting accessories must not be transported on the locomotive and b explosives carriers must be pulled They may however be pushed by hand only R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 5 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 6 if explosives are stored in an underground job site the employer must establish the supply of explosives for a 24 hour period and not store underground a greater amount of explosives R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 6 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 7 Storage 1 Explosives and detonators may be stored in an underground job site only if they are kept in a depot or powder house This depot must be situated at least a 750 m from a blasting area b 450 m from the firing switch c 90 m from the shaft or work zone and d 7 5 m from a travelway 2 There must be at least one right angle turn in the pathway which connects the storage area with any work zone or travelway http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 69 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 7 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 8 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 8 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 9 Replaced R R Q
10. 1 be designed and manufactured in compliance with ANSI SIA Standard A 92 9 1993 Mast Climbing Work Platforms 2 when climbing have bracing affixed under the work platform before the above bracing is removed 3 be equipped with an arresting device to stop and support the platform in case of overspeed the device must be designed to stop the work platform with twice the maximum load allowed by limiting the height of the fall to 300 mm without any break in the components under stress 4 in addition to the instructions of the manufacturer be inspected in compliance with the following minimum conditions a before each use in compliance with section 7 4 3 of ANSI SIA Standard A 92 9 1993 Mast Climbing Work Platforms by a qualified person and b quarterly by a qualified mechanic 5 undergo every year a visual examination of its welds by a welding inspector holding a certificate issued by the Canadian Welding Bureau or a welding supervisor in the employ of a company certified in compliance with the requirements of CSA Standard W47 1 Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel and 6 undergo every 5 years a non destructive examination of the bearing parts by an organization certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in compliance with the requirements of CSA Standard W178 1 Certification of Welding Inspection Organizations O C 119 2008 s 7 3 9 25 Motorized scaffolding In addition to the standards prescribed in section 3 9 22
11. 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 9 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 5 Drilling 8 5 1 Workers who use or work near drilling machines shall be positioned so as not to be hit or to lose their balance in case a drill bit breaks slips or is jammed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 1 8 5 2 Workers shall not hold the steel drill bit with their hands R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 2 8 5 3 The supply of compressed air in the hose shall be cut off and drained before the displacement of the portable drills from one face to the other R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 3 8 5 4 The platforms of jumbos shall be equipped a on their sides with fixed or removable guardrails if their height is greater than 1 2 m and b with an access ladder if their height is greater than 1 8 m R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 4 8 5 5 Jumbos shall be solidly fixed in positions to avoid accidental displacement R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 5 8 5 6 Drill bits and their accessories shall be placed on the jumbos in boxes and placed on supports or their equivalent when not used on the platform R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 6 8 5 7 Unless equipped with a threaded coupling compressed air hoses of 50 mm or more in interior diameter mounted on a jumbo shall be equipped at each end with a steel cable 5 mm in diameter or with an equivalent safety chain to prevent a whipping action Compressed air hoses smaller in diameter shall be equipped with a se
12. A label must be affixed to any receptacle containing asbestos materials whether new or used unless the receptacle has already been labelled by a supplier in accordance with the Hazardous Products Regulations SOR 2015 17 The label must be permanently affixed and legible and must bear the following indications Material containing asbestos Toxic by inhalation Keep container tightly closed Do not breathe the dust O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 8 S Q 2015 c 13 s 16 3 23 14 Any worker working in a work area covered by this subdivision must wear protective footwear that meets the requirements of section 2 10 6 and that is fitted with soles that do not slip on wet surfaces O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 9 3 23 14 1 On a construction site where low risk work is being carried out except for the work referred to in subparagraph a of paragraph 1 of section 3 23 2 an employer shall ensure that any worker present in the work area wears a respirator that meets either of the following standards 1 itis specified in the Guide des appareils de protection respiratoire utilis s au Qu bec published by the Institut de recherche Robert Sauv en sant et en s curit du travail 2 itis certified at a minimum FFP2 in accordance with EN 149 Respiratory protective devices Filtering half masks to protect against particles Requirements testing marking of the European Committee for Standardization by a laboratory recognized
13. Circular shores shall have a minimum diameter of 100 mm 3 When shores are spliced end to end the joint shall be reinforced so as to have the same strength as the shore itself The joint shall be covered with a piece of the same width as the shore and at least 750 mm in length on 2 adjacent sides of the shore It is not necessary for the shore parts to be placed end to end when tested assembly clamps are used 4 Each part of the spliced shore shall be braced independently in a horizontal manner and in addition braced diagonally 5 When wedges are used to facilitate the vertical adjustment and removal of shores they shall be placed on each side of the shore The vertical space filled by the wedges shall not be greater than the thickness of one wedge 6 The timber used for shores shall fulfil the following conditions a it shall be in good condition shall be derived from species having long non breaking fibres and shall be free from any defect that might impair its strength b it shall be of a quality equal to No 1 spruce c if it is in the form of logs it shall be debarked d it shall not be covered with paint or any opaque coating R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 13 2 O C 329 94 s 16 2 13 3 Scaffold shoring The resistance of the materials making up the scaffold shorings and the support surface of the parts of these scaffolds shall be in accordance with Subdivisions 6 4 and 6 5 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s
14. c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 5 3 O C 995 91 s 12 10 5 4 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 5 4 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sd 10 6 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 1 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 6 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 1 1 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 6 1 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 2 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 6 2 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 3 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 6 3 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 4 Replaced http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 78 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 6 4 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 5 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 6 5 O C 995 91 s 12 10 6 6 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 6 6 O C 995 91 s 12 10 7 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sd 10 7 O C 995 91 s 12 10 7 1 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 7 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 7 2 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 7 2 O C 995 91 s 12 10 7 3 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 7 3 O C 995 91 s 12 10 7 4 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 7 4 O C 995 91 s 12 DIVISION XI WORK ABOVE OR NEAR WATER O C 513 2015 s 5 11 1 Onasite
15. fasteners with a shaft diameter equal to or less than 4 83 mm into concrete where a the concrete is less than 65 mm thick or equal to 3 times the depth of penetration of the shaft of the fasteners b the point of entry of the fasteners is less than 50 mm from any unsupported edge c the point of entry of the fasteners is less than 75 mm from any other fastener that has broken R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 3 1 O C 329 94 s 73 7 3 2 Before firing the operator shall ensure 1 that the low velocity explosive actuated tool a is placed in a stable firing position b is held so that the barrel of the tool is perpendicular to the firing surface 2 that there is no other person within firing range R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 3 2 O C 329 94 s 73 7 3 3 Firing incidents Where a firing incident or a misfire occurs the low velocity explosive actuated tool shall be held in its firing position for at least 15 seconds the tool shall then be unloaded In such a case the barrel of the tool shall 1 not be pointed toward the operator or any other person 2 be held pointing obliquely toward the ground 3 be held as far as possible from the body of the operator R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 3 3 O C 329 94 s 73 7 3 4 The employer shall prohibit the use of a low velocity explosive actuated tool in shops or any other area where the concentration of inflammable vapours gases or dust has reached the l
16. 2 A sufficient supply of hot coffee and sugar shall be supplied by the employer to workers at the end of shifts and at meal times The coffee shall be heated by means other than direct steam R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 7 2 9 8 Medical examinations and services 9 8 1 Any employer carrying out works in compressed air shall employ one or more physicians familiar with and experienced in the physical requirements and the different medical aspects of work in compressed air and also with the treatment for decompression ailments Such physician shall be available at all times while work is going on R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 1 9 8 2 No worker may work in compressed air unless he has been previously subjected to an examination by the physician and found by him to be physically fit to work in compressed air For this purpose the physician shall have the worker undergo a medical examination in the test air lock or in the medical lock Such worker may not work under any pressure for longer than one half day unless he has been re examined by the physician and found physically fit to do so R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 2 9 8 3 When a worker is away from work for more than 10 successive days he may not resume work before having undergone another medical examination R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 3 9 8 4 A worker who has worked continually in compressed air for a period of time set by the physician but not excee
17. 2 The employer shall ensure that a all necessary steps are taken to ensure public safety and the safety of workers b any worker on a construction site wears at all times clothing completely covering his torso and back c paragraph revoked d workers do not involve themselves in games or competitions while at work e any worker does not work while his faculties are impaired by alcohol drug or any other similar substance f any worker knows http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 4 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry i this Code ii any operation ensuring the good running order of apparatus and machinery for which he is responsible iii the emergency measures to observe in case of fire explosion or other accidents g any worker is informed of the inherent dangers in his work h paragraph revoked i management and control staff working mainly and usually on a construction site and workers working on a construction site have taken a safety course and hold a certificate issued by the Commission or by an organization it recognizes However a natural person who to obtain a contractor s licence or to qualify a partnership or legal person for a licence has passed the examination on construction site safety management skills required by the Regulation respecting the professional qualification of contractors and owner
18. 3 Paragraph b of subsection 2 above does not apply to a person who is a learning to use a bulldozer crane or other equipment and b is accompanied by a qualified person 4 Any manoeuvre shall be carried out so that no workman is exposed to a hazard No load shall pass over the heads of workers and no worker shall stand under a load or under a part of a hoisting apparatus that could fall on him 5 The controls of construction equipment shall not be left unattended when the following parts of the equipment are raised a the bucket of a power shovel backhoe or other excavating machine b the blade of a bulldozer c the load of a lift truck crane or any other hoisting machine or d the hammer of a pile driving device R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 4 O C 1959 86 s 20 O C 35 2001 s 17 3 10 5 Signalmen 1 When a motor vehicle is driven in reverse a signalman shall direct the operator if such a move may create a hazard for any person 2 Ifthe operator of a crane mechanical shovel or any other construction equipment does not have an unrestricted view during any maneuver one or more signalmen shall assist the operator a by watching the movement of the equipment or of the load when it is out of the operator s sight b by communicating with the operator by means of a standardized signal code or by a telecommunications system when conditions so require or the operator judges it necessary 3 When
19. C 1413 98 s 10 DIVISION Ill CONSTRUCTION SITES 3 1 Access to construction site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec Ill ss 3 3 O C 329 94 s 29 3 1 1 Access to the construction site shall be at all times limited to personnel authorized by the site head R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 3 1 O C 329 94 s 29 http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 18 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 2 Housekeeping of site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec Ill ss 3 1 O C 329 94 s 29 3 2 1 Any construction site including all means of access or egress shall be kept in a tidy condition and no hazard shall be allowed to develop from the storage of material or equipment the accumulation of waste or the condition of any material or piece of equipment R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 1 O C 329 94 s 29 3 2 2 Waste material 1 Waste material shall never be thrown from one level to another 2 Waste material shall be cleared away progressively a by means of appropriate containers b by an inclined or vertical chute emptying into a truck box a container or an enclosure off limits to workers and strictly reserved for motorized equipment The box container or enclosure shall be large enough to hold all waste material emptied into it The chute shall i be enclosed if inclined more than 45 ii be closed at its ent
20. Lifelines or CSA Standard Z259 2 4 Fall Arresters and Vertical Rigid Rails d a vertical life line in compliance with CSA Standard Z259 2 5 Fall Arresters and Vertical Lifelines or CSA Standard Z259 2 4 Fall Arresters and Vertical Rigid Rails A vertical life line must i be used by only 1 person ii be shorter than 90 m and iii never be brought into direct contact with a sharp edge e a connecting component such as a spring hook D ring or snap hook in compliance with CAN CSA Standard 2259 12 Connecting Components for Personal Fall Arrest Systems 2 A self locking safety catch is not compulsory on a duckbilled snap hook located at the end of a rope used as a means of positioning by a worker assigned to the assembly of the latticework of reinforcing rods supporting a wall or pillar In such a case the rope must be less than 0 4 m long be made of metal rings and be secured at the other end to the safety harness worn by the worker In addition to this means of positioning used by the worker the employer must take at least one of the measures provided for in subparagraphs 3 and 4 of the second paragraph of section 2 9 1 to ensure the worker s protection 3 Where a worker assigned to the erection or checking of power line towers wears a safety harness the harness must be equipped with one of the following systems a an energy absorber to which are fastened 2 lanyards including 1 that must be attached at all times b an energy
21. O C 393 2011 s 11 3 10 3 Heavy equipment 1 The heavy equipment referred to in subparagraph a or b must have a rollover protective structure that complies with the standards referred to in those subparagraphs a Bulldozer loader and skidder on wheels or caterpillars grader scraper and roller ISO 3471 Earth Moving Machinery Roll Over Protective Structures Laboratory Tests and Performance Requirements applicable at the time of manufacture of the equipment http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 32 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry b Agricultural and industrial tractor with engine power greater than 15 kW SAE J1194 Rollover Protective Structures ROPS for Wheeled Agricultural Tractors applicable at the time of manufacture of the equipment 2 The heavy equipment referred to in subparagraph a of subsection 1 with the exception of rollers must be protected from falling objects by a protective structure that complies with ISO 3449 Earth Moving Machinery Falling Object Protective Structures Laboratory Tests and Performance Requirements applicable at the time of manufacture of the equipment 3 Subsection revoked 4 A rollover protective structure shall bear a plate indicating a the name of the manufacturer or his code b its serial number c a reference to the number of the standard used for its conception and
22. Stringers shall be long enough to be supported by at least 3 posts 3 The continuity of stringers shall be ensured in one of the following ways a by a piece of wood 50 mm in nominal thickness and as wide as that of the stringer or the head of the telescopic jack whichever is the smallest and long enough to ensure solid attachment to the 2 stringers when the posts are placed immediately below the joint of the stringer and when i telescopic jacks with flanges of 100 x 100 mm or 100 x 150 mm are used or ii stringers of 100 mm wide are used b by a part of the same section as that of the stringers nailed to the latter and of sufficient length to be supported by at least 2 posts when the posts are placed on each side of the joint and not at the extremities of the stringers c by the flange of the telescopic jack if the dimensions are sufficient to do so that is when i telescopic jacks with flanges of 100 x 200 mm are used ii stringers of 100 x 100 mm are used and iii the posts are placed directly beneath the joints of the stringers 4 Posts shall be firmly fixed supported and secured at each extremity 5 Formworks for reinforced concrete beams shall be supported by at least 2 rows of posts R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 6 2 O C 1413 98 s 27 6 7 Bracing 6 7 1 Horizontal bracing 1 A horizontal bracing shall be placed horizontally in 2 directions at right angles to each post of any shoring when a this
23. a the building shall be equipped inside and outside with portable fire extinguishers complying with section 3 4 4 of this Code b the construction site shall be equipped with i a water supply system not less than 300 litres per minute during at least 30 minutes under a minimum residual pressure of 80 kPa and ii flexible rubber or plastic hoses not more than 15 m in length and not less than 19 mm inside diameter equipped with nozzles Moreover hoses shall be so located that every part of the building can be sprayed with a stream of water and sprayed areas must be within 6 m from the nozzle of the hose supplying the spray http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 66 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 1 1 O C 329 94 s 74 8 1 2 In addition to complying with the provisions of NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code the storage of flammable liquids in an underground work site must a be in closed reservoirs of 200 litres with a tap or in safety tanks holding not more than 20 litres equipped with a neck which closes by means of a spring cover and so designed as to allow the safe release of interior pressure where they are subjected to fire and b be limited to the amount needed for 1 day s work R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 1 2 O C 393 2011 s 20 8 1 3 Waste timber scrap paper rags and
24. a signalman is required to ensure safe maneuvering as prescribed in subsections 1 and 2 he must be placed in full view of the operator with a full view of the intended path of travel of the vehicle and off the intended path of travel 4 The operator must obey any stop signal 5 When the operator can no longer see the signalman he must stop his vehicle or his maneuver R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 5 O C 1959 86 s 21 O C 329 94 s 51 3 10 6 Access to construction equipments 1 No unauthorized persons shall be allowed to climb onto construction equipment 2 The employer shall see that no worker remains in or on a vehicle if he might be endangered during the loading or unloading of the vehicle or while objects are being handled above the said vehicle R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 6 3 10 7 Lifting of workers 1 A hoisting apparatus designed to lift persons shall be equipped with control levers of the deadman type with an emergency stop button within reach of the workers being transported and a device that prevents the fall of the cabin in case of a defect in the electric or hydraulic supply 2 The lifting of a worker with an apparatus designed exclusively for the lifting of materials is allowed provided that a the apparatus is equipped with a platform b there are not more than 5 workers on the platform c every worker wears a safety harness secured by a fall arrest connecting device to an anchorage
25. absorber to which is fastened 1 lanyard attached by a rope grab to a vertical life line c a self retracting lanyard equipped with an energy absorber or fastened thereto Where the worker moves a life line or the sling of a self retracting lanyard by means of a pole anchor hook the worker must be attached to the tower only by means of his or her work positioning strap or tether that the worker must fasten to a structural member above him or her R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 12 O C 1959 86 s 12 O C 53 90 s 2 O C 995 91 s 5 O C 807 92 s 3 O C 329 94 s 14 O C 35 2001 s 6 O C 606 2014 s 6 2 10 13 Personal floatation device and life jacket 1 Any worker working above or near water must wear an individual floatation device or a life jacket during water transportation aboard an open boat or on the deck of a boat or in the case of a measure provided for in the rescue plan referred to in subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 11 1 The foregoing also applies to a rescue attendant performing a rescue operation on water 2 a personal floatation device or a life jacket must a be of the right size b be designed so as to keep head and face above water c enable to float without limb effort d be bright in colour and equipped with reflecting strips visible when in water e have a minimum floatability of 150 N 33 Ibs that is assured by buoyant materials or by an automatic inflation system activ
26. an accessible floor A conveyor installed above a walkway or a work area shall be equipped with a protector to prevent objects from falling An aerial conveyor in which workers are required to travel shall be equipped with a runway along its entire length and with an emergency stopping device installed at each work location 6 It is forbidden for a worker to climb on a conveyor or to stand on the structure supporting it http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 42 87 8 9 2015 6 a b Safety Code for the construction industry A vertical bucket conveyor shall be surrounded by a full protector covering the entire length and equipped with a door or with a detachable part for inspection cleaning and repairs the opening of this door or the removal of a detachable part shall produce automatic stopping of the conveyor R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 4 O C 329 94 ss 64 and 66 O C 606 2014 s 20 3 16 10 Handling storage and use of hazardous products 1 The storage and handling of hazardous products within the meaning of the Hazardous Products Information Regulation chapter S 2 1 r 8 1 must be carried out in such a way as to prevent them from spilling or catching fire The following measures must therefore be taken a b c 2 any hazardous products which in mixing with other substances may cause fires or explosions or
27. be submitted to stresses higher than those prescribed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 2 4 O C 329 94 s 29 3 3 5 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 2 5 O C 1959 86 s 16 O C 329 94 s 29 O C 119 2008 s 4 3 4 Fire protection 3 4 1 Fire hoses equipped with nozzles portable fire extinguishers automatic sprinkler valves hydrants and all fire fighting equipment shall be a certified b easily accessible c located at suitably marked stations d protected from mechanical damage e maintained in good operating condition f protected from freezing and g accessible to firemen at all times R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 4 1 O C 329 94 s 30 3 4 2 Where a standpipe system with valves equipped with hoses and nozzles an automatic water extinguisher system or a combined system is installed in a building a standpipe system with valves equipped with hoses and nozzles shall be installed progressively within 2 stories of the highest storey under construction http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 21 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 4 2 O C 53 90 s 7 3 4 3 Portable fire extinguishers Portable fire extinguishers shall be placed a in any workshop b in any storage building for combustible materials or flammable liquids c in places where
28. contractor or of the owner or his representative 2 The site committee shall be composed of a at least one representative of the general contractor or of the owner or his representative b one representative from the management staff of each of the employers other than the general contractor or the owner or his representative who has more than 10 workers in his employ c one representative from each of the associations representing the employees and recognized by the Act respecting labour relations vocational training and manpower management in the construction industry chapter R 20 and with affiliated workers present on the site 3 The site committee shall a see that this Code is respected b see that the safety measures to be taken on the site are coordinated c hold meetings at least every 2 weeks and d keep minutes of the meetings 4 Committee meetings may be held by sector when the work performed by workers in one sector does not affect the safety of workers in another sector on the site 5 The safety officer shall be present at site committee meetings R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 5 2 2 5 3 Safety officer 1 At least one full time officer shall be on duty as of the beginning of any work on a construction site a employing 150 workers or more at any time during the work or b whose total contract cost exceeds 8 000 000 except for highway construction maintenance and repair other than work on bridge
29. detached involuntarily The structure on which the anchorage system is installed must be able to withstand the effort exerted by the anchorage system in addition to the other efforts that it must ordinarily withstand An anchorage system with the characteristics described in subparagraph b of subparagraph 1 or 2 of the first paragraph or in subparagraph 3 of that paragraph must before it is first brought into service be inspected and tested by an engineer or a qualified person acting under the supervision of an engineer to ensure that the system is in compliance with the design and installation plans O C 606 2014 s 8 2 11 Electrical installations 2 11 1 Any electrical appliance shall be used only for the specific purpose for which it was designed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 11 1 2 11 2 No person shall use any electric tool or portable equipment which is not grounded or which is not provided with double insulation R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 11 2 2 11 3 Extension cords Electrical extension cords supplying energy to any equipment or tools shall a be suspended at a minimum height of 2 4 m but sufficient to ensure a free passage or b be protected on the floor in order to avoid any damage to these conductors and to reduce risks of tripping and c be provided with a third conductor for grounding with the exception of extensions used exclusively for lighting purposes R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 11 3 2 11 4
30. engineer signed and sealed declaration attesting that the work complies with all the points in the shoring drawing filed and ii the authorization to proceed with the concreting work b c RR Q transmit immediately a copy of the declaration to the Commission and keep a copy of such declaration at the work site 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 2 1 O C 1959 86 s 73 6 3 Exception 6 3 1 In the case of the construction of slabs and beams that are uniform and horizontal Subdivisions 6 1 and 6 2 do not apply when the 4 following conditions are respected a the thickness of the concrete slab does not exceed 150 mm and the concrete beams are not higher than 300 mm including the thickness of the slab b the distance between the underside of the poured concrete and the bearing surface of the posts does not exceed 4 9 m c Subdivisions 6 4 and 6 9 are complied with d prior notice is given to the Commission R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 3 1 O C 1959 86 s 74 6 4 Materials 6 4 1 a b c a R R Q 6 4 2 R R Q All formwork and shoring parts shall be designed to support the dead load of the formwork the dead load of the concrete and the embedded materials a minimum vertical live load evenly distributed of 2 400 N m or more to the satisfaction of the engineer and a minimum horizontal live load evenly distributed of 1 500 N m of vertical surface or more to the satisfaction of the en
31. every motorized scaffolding manufactured after 13 March 2008 shall 1 be designed and manufactured in compliance with ISO Standard 16369 Mast Climbing Work Platforms applicable at the time of the manufacture 2 have the sides of the work platform next to a mast protected over a height of at least 2 m to prevent access to the mast when the speed of the work platform exceeds 2 5 m per minute 3 be equipped with a device preventing the fall of the work platform in case of malfunction of the hoisting system 4 have at least one plate on which the following particulars appear in French a the name of the manufacturer b the date of manufacture c the climbing speed d the selftbearing height e the electric power supply and f the load table 5 in addition to the manufacturer s instructions be inspected in compliance with the following minimum conditions a before each use in compliance with section 7 1 2 9 of ISO 16369 Mast Climbing Work Platforms Standard applicable at the time of the manufacture by a qualified person and b quarterly by a qualified mechanic 6 undergo every year a visual examination of its welds by a welding inspector holding a certificate issued by the Canadian Welding Bureau or a welding supervisor in the employ of a company certified in compliance with the requirements of CSA Standard W47 1 Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel and http www publicationsduq uebec g
32. firing point d make sure that all equipment emitting radio electric or magnetic waves i are turned off within 15 m around the loading area before the electric detonator is assembled with the lead wires ii comply with the distances recommended in the Safety Guide for the Prevention of Radio Frequency Radiation Hazards in the Use of Commercial Electric Detonators published by the Institute of Makers of Explosives Safety Library http ww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 53 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry U C 1999 86 S 3Z U C 9 2U19 S 1U 4 1 10 Fireworks igniter cords military devices and safety fuses may not be used on a construction site Despite section 295 of the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 this section does not apply to an establishment as defined in section 1 of the Act respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 O C 57 2015 s 11 4 1 11 Nothing in this Regulation exempts a person from the obligation to comply with the requirements of any applicable act or regulation particularly with regard to the acquisition possession storage transportation or delivery handling use and sale of explosives In the event of inconsistency between a provision of this Regulation and a provision of another act or regulation the stricter standard is to apply O C 57 2015
33. holding a certificate as such as provided for in Schedule 8 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 2 1 O C 329 94 s 73 7 2 2 No work may be performed by a low velocity explosive actuated tool operator who is less than 18 years of age R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 2 2 O C 1959 86 s 76 O C 329 94 s 73 7 2 3 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 2 3 O C 329 94 s 73 7 2 4 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 2 4 O C 329 94 s 73 7 2 5 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 2 5 O C 329 94 s 73 7 3 Precautions R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec VII ss 7 3 O C 329 94 s 73 7 3 1 An operator may not use a low velocity explosive actuated tool to drive 1 fasteners into a curved or rounded objects except if the tool is equipped with a protective device designed for such work b plaster tiles hollow bricks or slates c cast iron marble granite glazed linings and other hard and brittle materials d steel or alloys that are harded than the fastener used e hard materials in which holes have already been made except if the tool is equipped with a device that is capable of holding back the fasteners f corner bricks or vertical mortar joints g steel where i the steel is less than 4 83 mm thick ii the point of entry of the fasteners is less than 50 mm from a weld iii the point of entry of the fasteners is less than 13 mm from an edge 2
34. impulsive noise repeated or not at a frequency lower than or equal to one per second 6 paragraph revoked 7 bolting means a method for staying partition walls by means of bolts or other similar devices anchored in the surrounding rock 7 0 CAN CSA means the Canadian Standards Association 7 1 life line means a synthetic fibre rope a steel wire rope or a strap attached to an anchorage system and used to guide a rope grab 8 high risk construction site means a an excavation site of 6 m or more in depth b a trench site within the meaning of paragraph 34 of this section 50 m or more in length c a site where water or sewer works are carried out over a length of 50 m or more d an underground work site e where work is carried out underwater or in a hyperbaric environment f a demolition site g the site of a building a structure or part of a structure 15 m or more in height h a site where electrical transmission lines or their supporting structures are constructed or repaired i a site where work is carried out 3 m or less from an electrical line of over 750 V i i a site where work is carried out above or near water k dredging works I a site where work in an electrical powerhouse or in an electrical transformer station is carried out m a site where work is carried out in a closed area n a site where explosives are used and handled o where high risk work is carried
35. in the air lock R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 4 9 4 5 A radiant heating system shall be provided for in each air lock if the pressure exceeds 95 kPa R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 5 9 4 6 Valve A valve shall be installed on each of the 2 air supply lines in each working chamber or in each air lock R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 6 9 4 7 Safety valve A safety valve shall be installed in each working chamber and in each air lock to control automatically the excess pressure These valves shall be regulated for the minimum pressure between a the pressure for which the air lock is designed b a pressure greater by 70 kilopascals than that used in the working chamber R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 7 9 4 8 Air supply 1 Each air supply line shall discharge as near as possible to the caisson s bottom opening and the air supply shall contain no deleterious substances 2 A refrigeration system shall be used so that the air supplied to the shafts and the caissons is of a moderate temperature R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 8 9 4 9 The working chamber shall contain a portable gauge to indicate pressure and a thermometer Both shall be placed not further than 3 m from the working face A gauge indicating the air pressure in the decompression lock shall be placed on the partition separating the working chamber from the air lock R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 9 9 4 10 fa high pressu
36. individual fulcrum points a i ii e 4 a b c 5 6 7 laid in such a way as the span between 2 fulcrum points does not exceed 3 0 m if they are tested and stamped in accordance with Division 11 of CAN CSA Standard S269 2 M87 Access Scaffolding for Construction Purposes 2 1 m in any other case whose deflection in the middle of the span does not exceed L 80 where L is the distance between 2 fulcrum points if made of manufactured products be built in accordance with CAN CSA Standard S269 2 M87 Access Scaffolding for Construction Purposes worked so as to avoid slipping maintained to avoid corrosion and deterioration before each use be visually inspected in order to detect any alteration that may affect its solidity have a slope of less than 1 5 11 from the horizontal plane and be located less than 350 mm from a wall or other platform if there is no guardrail R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 8 O C 53 90 s 9 O C 329 94 s 44 O C 35 2001 s 15 O C 119 2008 s 6 3 9 9 Scaffolding assemblies Scaffolding assemblies shall be performed in the following manner a i ii iii iv v b i ii ii c i ii if nails are used they shall be of a length and size appropriate to the thickness of the assembled pieces be sufficiently numerous in relation to the weight being supported not be subject to a drawing effect be completely driven in except for double he
37. may give off flammable or toxic gases must be stored separately receptacles piping and apparatuses must be kept in good condition floors or shelves onto which a product has been spilled must be cleaned immediately Only the quantity of flammable liquid and combustibles contained in safety bottles and necessary for one work day may be stored in a building under construction unless it can be stored in a ventilated room having a fire resistance of at least 2 hours 3 4 a b 5 a b c a fe 6 a b c a le 7 a b c Where a hazardous product is transferred from one container to another the receptacle used must be safe for use with the product transferred In addition to conforming to the provisions of section 3 13 5 any compressed gas cylinder must not be lifted with slings or magnets or exposed to shocks or susceptible to falls Oxygen must not be used for the following purposes operating compressed air tools ventilation obtaining pressure cleaning starting internal combustion engines Corrosive materials must be handled with care and must be stored away from areas in which the risk of fire is high away from combustive substances away from direct sunlight in cool and well ventilated areas in receptacles that are kept closed Toxic or dangerously reactive substances must be stored away from areas in which the risk of fire is high and away from heat sources away from combustive substances
38. monthly tests prescribed by the manufacturer s manual shall be carried out Enter below the complete details with respect to any maintenance inspections tests and the revisions and modifications carried out All incidents DATE INITIALS COMMENTS O C 1413 98 s 29 SCHEDULE 10 S 2 15 7 4 TOWER CRANE LOG fal Sheet 1 Crane No Serial No Make and Model Daily inspection for the month of 20 Some of the tests recommended below may not apply depending on the type of crane or on the kind of work to be carried out Indicate the result of each field inspection by checking P if the element tested is in good condition Blacken This log shall be filled during regular working hours by the worker who has carried out the testing the square n in case of defects and specify those defects on sheet 2 OPERATOR write legibly Number of work hours Crane Cumulative DAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 STATIONARY AND TRAVELLING TOWER CRANES SOIYHDUHHKRWNHE NNNNNFPRPEPRPERPER HE BWNHPOOMIRUYAWNHERO 29 26 27 28 29 http Awww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharge php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM Windows and windshield wipers Telephone or radio communication Anemometer Jib weathervaning device Controls and deadman device Horn Trolley position indicator Heater and window defroster Hook height limit switch Trolley limit switches Hoist brake Trolley brake Slewin
39. must be notified at least 10 days before activities at the site begin This subsection does not apply to major construction sites http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 3 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 1 1 The prescribed notice must state the following a the identification number assigned to the principal contractor by the Commission b the name and address of the principal contractor c the name and address of the owner if different from the principal contractor and those of the architects consulting engineers superintendents and employers at the site d the municipal address of the site its cadastral lot number and its location in relation to the nearest public road e the type of construction site f whether the planned construction site is a high risk construction site g the opening date of the construction site h the expected duration of the construction site i the anticipated number of workers G whether the expected duration of the construction site is 1 month or less the expected closing date or the date when the work is expected to be completed k in the case of asbestos removal work or demolition work involving asbestos the methods and procedures used as well as an attestation to the existence of a training and information program that complies with section 3 23 7 1 2 For emergency repairs to wat
40. of 6 m or more the first drilling rod must be replaced by a guide tube or another means providing equivalent precision to avoid the blasting of another loaded hole in the vicinity vii loaded holes must be marked by stakes of a distinct color or carrying a distinct ribbon R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 5 1 O C 1959 86 s 50 O C 57 2015 s 33 4 5 2 The diameter of the explosive used must be smaller than the diameter of the borehole throughout the depth of the latter R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 5 2 O C 1959 86 s 50 4 5 3 Before being loaded all holes must be examined and corrected where necessary R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 5 3 O C 1959 86 s 50 O C 57 2015 s 34 4 5 4 Drilling and loading of explosives may not be carried out simultaneously less than 8 m from one another or one on top of the other O C 57 2015 s 35 4 5 5 Before drilling any surface of a digging where blasting was performed all bottoms of blastholes must be marked in either of the following manners a by a circle in paint or crayon of a colour contrasting with the soil b by inserting a stick into the hole O C 57 2015 s 35 4 5 6 Itis prohibited to deepen holes remaining intact after blasting O C 57 2015 s 35 4 6 Loading of blastholes R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sd 4 6 O C 57 2015 s 36 4 6 1 Revoked http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A H
41. of rescue operations the name of each person in charge of the maintenance or inspection of rescue equipment the rescue procedures in case of a worker falling into water wreck fire or other accident and the instructions regarding those matters the name of each rescue attendant and each first aider the emergency call code used to start rescue operations the location of rescue equipment the location of first aid stations if applicable the type and number of boats intended for rescue The descriptions of the work and body of water or watercourse as well as transportation and rescue plans must be posted at work sites They must also be integrated into the prevention program specifying the means used to inform workers of their content in particular with regard to safety rules and instructions intended for workers O C 513 2015 s 5 11 2 The principal contractor or the person designated by the principal contractor to prepare the descriptions and plans prescribed by section 11 1 and each person in http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 79 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry ULMALYS VI UGMSPUILAUIUI Ul ISSCUG UPTIAUVUIID MIUSL HUI d COLUNCALE NUIT UG ASSULIALIUIT Palilalle YUU Id SAIG Sl id SCUUIILG UU Udvdll UU SEULCU UG Id LCUHISUULUIUIT UI UIG Lifesaving Society issued following training of at least 7 hours pertaining in particular to the fo
42. other combustible waste materials shall daily a be taken from the underground work site and b be cleared away from around the temporary surface buildings R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 1 3 8 1 4 No gasoline or liquid petroleum gases shall be lowered into stored or used in an underground site However the propane kept in cylinders may be used for welding R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 1 4 8 1 5 Oil and grease shall be stored underground in hermetically sealed containers a placed at safe distances from explosive depots electric stations and shaft stations and b in quantities not exceeding those necessary for 1 week R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 1 5 8 1 6 Every self propelled vehicle shall be equipped with a portable fire estinguisher complying with section 3 4 4 of this Code The driver of the vehicle shall have the necessary knowledge concerning the type of fire extinguisher with which the vehicle is equipped and how it is operated R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 1 6 O C 329 94 s 75 8 1 7 Temporary building A temporary building for an underground work site shall not be installed in traffic areas R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 1 7 8 2 Ground stability 8 2 1 The employer shall ensure that experienced workers scale or shore up the earth liable of coming away from a wall R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 1 8 2 2 The employer shall ensure that experienced workers continually check and
43. out within the meaning of paragraph 3 of section 3 23 2 of this Code 8 1 major construction site means a site where not fewer than 500 workers are employed simultaneously 9 underground work site means a construction site where works related to the excavation of tunnels and shafts are performed 10 rated load means the maximum load established by the manufacturer 11 non combustible construction means a construction whose structural members including floors and joints are made of non combustible materials 12 paragraph revoked 12 0 lanyard means a rope or strap fastened at one end to a safety harness and at the other end to an anchorage system or other component of a fall arrest connecting device 12 1 digging means any hole dug in the ground including an excavation or a trench 13 depot means a building construction or receptacle in which explosives are stored 13 1 paragraph revoked 14 scaling has the meaning assigned by paragraph 31 http Awww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharge php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 1 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 14 1 pump jack scaffold means a mast climbing work platform that moves between two masts with the help of jacks 14 2 mast climbing work platform means scaffolding constituted of a work platform that moves up and down between two or several masts w
44. ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 31 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 7 undergo every 5 years a non destructive examination of the bearing parts by an organization certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in compliance with the requirements of CSA Standard W178 1 Certification of Welding Inspection Organizations In addition a complete instruction manual for every motorized scaffolding written in French must be at the disposal of users to ensure the scaffolding is used safely O C 119 2008 s 7 3 9 26 Bracket scaffolding Every bracket scaffolding must 1 be designed in conformity with plans signed and sealed by an engineer a copy of the plans must be available on request and 2 undergo every 5 years a non destructive examination other than a visual examination of its welds by an organization certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in compliance with the requirements of CSA Standard W178 1 Certification of Welding Inspection Organizations O C 606 2014 s 14 3 10 Construction equipment 3 10 1 Any vehicle crane or apparatus used on a construction site shall a be maintained so that its use shall not compromise the safety of workers b if driven by a source of energy other than manual be inspected by a competent person before being used for the first time on the site and afterwards on a daily basis whenever it is used c be easily and safely acces
45. oxygen in a proportion lower than 19 5 or higher than 23 b flammable gas or vapour with a concentration higher than 25 of the lower explosion limit c contaminants in the air with a concentration higher than the threshold limit values mentioned in Schedule to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 d any other contaminant in a concentration which could be hazardous to a workman s health O C 1959 86 s 28 O C 885 2001 s 377 3 21 3 Concentration readings The employer must ensure that the concentration readings prescribed in section 3 21 2 are a taken every 2 hours in the most hazardous spots by a person trained for such purpose b taken so as to obtain a precision equal to that yielded by the methods described in section 44 of the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 c entered in the record on the job site except if the recordings are made with continuous recorders equipped with automatic alarms setting off when the quality of air does not meet the requirements of section 3 21 2 O C 1959 86 s 28 O C 885 2001 s 371 3 21 4 The employer must install a ventilation system powerful enough to ensure compliance with the concentrations prescribed in paragraphs a b c and d of section 3 21 2 in and around the confined space O C 1959 86 s 28 O C 329 94 s 71 3 21 5 The employer must ensure that measures are taken to preven
46. r 6 s 3 9 14 O C 1959 86 s 18 O C 329 94 s 46 3 9 15 Outrigger scaffolding The outrigger beams for an outrigger scaffolding shall a have their inboard portion from fulcrum point to point of anchorage not less than 1 5 times the length of the outboard portion b be supported on the solid parts of the construction c be securely anchored at the fulcrum point and well braced against upsetting d be securely anchored at the inboard end in order to prevent any vertical or horizontal movement and e be inspected before each use R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 15 3 9 16 Suspended scaffolding 1 Any suspended scaffolding shall a be off limits to persons under age 18 b at the working level be firmly and appropriately attached to the structure if the guardrail installed on the structure side is to be removed c not be attached to another scaffolding or to the structure by a bridge and d be used with a safety harness secured by a fall arrest connecting device to an anchorage system the whole in accordance with sections 2 10 12 and 2 10 15 However when the suspended scaffolding is hung from 4 hoisting cables the anchorage system may be installed on the platform Where a rope grab fastened to a vertical life line is used it must be a Class ADP rope grab 2 A mechanically operated suspended scaffolding shall conform to CAN3 Z271 M84 Safety Code for Suspended Powered Platforms 3 A manually operated susp
47. replace the use of a guard rail and delimit a work area In such a case another recognized means of protection against falls such as a safety harness secured to an anchorage system by a fall arrest connecting device the whole in accordance with sections 2 10 12 and 2 10 15 must be used outside the area delimited by the warning line O C 606 2014 s 5 2 9 4 1 Warning line A warming line must be g g 1 continuous and installed on all sides of the work area that it delimits 2 placed at a distance of 2 m or more from any place where a worker may fall from a height http ww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 7 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 made of a rigid strip a cable or a chain able to withstand a tractive force of at least 2 22 kN 4 equipped with flags made of high visibility materials and placed at intervals of not more than 2 m 5 capable of withstanding a load of 100 N applied horizontally at the line s highest point or vertically at its midpoint between 2 stanchions 6 completed at each access point storage area or hoisting area by a path formed by 2 parallel lines However when the path to a point of access to a work area is located at a distance of more than 5 m from it the warning line does not have to be continued beyond that distance In places where the access path starts at a roof edge a guard rail must be installe
48. situate its exact location on the ground 2 The piping may be temporarily disconnected relocated or left in place on condition that a the excavation procedure has been approved in advance by the road office or the utility company b a work method is adopted which prevents damage to conduits and c temporary supports are constructed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 1 O C 807 92 s 9 3 15 2 Adjoining structure Where there is any danger that the proposed digging might affect the stability of the adjoining structures and thus threaten the safety of workers an adequate method of shoring or a sub structure shall be provided and a copy of the plans and specifications of such works shall be kept on the site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 2 O C 807 92 s 10 3 15 3 1 The employer shall ensure that the banks of an excavation or trench are shored solidly with quality materials in accordance with the plans and specifications of an engineer Shoring is not required in the following cases 1 where the trench or excavation is dug out of solid rock or where no workers are required to descend into it 2 where there is no risk of the banks of the trench or excavation collapsing and where they slope less than 45 from a point less than 1 2 m from the bottom 3 where there is no risk of the banks of the trench or excavation collapsing and where an engineer attests that it is not necessary to shore up the banks given th
49. system the whole in accordance with sections 2 10 12 and 2 10 15 d the total load does not exceed 70 of the rated load of the hoisting apparatus e the operator of the hoisting apparatus uses the stabilizers when the apparatus is equipped with them f the hoisting apparatus is not displaced when a worker is on the platform g there is communication without intermediaries between a worker on the platform and the operator of the hoisting apparatus h the employer submits the plans the description of the hoisting apparatus and the utilization process to the Commission except for a mobile crane or a lift truck and i ladders stepladders scaffolds or other accessories are not used on the platform http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 34 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 The platform required in subsection 2 shall a have a non skid floor b be built in such a way as to allow a clearance of 2 m above any point of the floor c be equipped with a metal guardrail on the 4 sides The intermediate rail may be replaced by a wire mesh d have a minimal width of 500 mm e have a minimum safety factor of 4 for the structural elements f comply with the plans required in paragraph h of subsection 2 of section 2 4 1 g if it has welded elements be welded by a welder holding a Class O or V certificate of the C
50. telescopic jacks R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 5 4 6 5 5 The bearing surface of shores shall be so designed as not to damage the concrete R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 5 5 6 5 6 During the freezing and thawing period of the soil the ice and snow shall be removed and the frozen soil shall be covered with a layer of gravel or sand dust before the sills are installed The soil shall be a protected against a possible thaw or b thawed completely before undertaking the works R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 5 6 6 5 7 The construction of embankments or earth fills on which sills rest shall be carried out by successive layers and each layer shall be compacted mechanically A granulated cohesive material shall be used to form a compact resistant and waterproof base R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 5 7 6 6 Support parts 6 6 1 Telescopic steel jacks timber shores and scaffold shoring shall comply with the requirements of Subdivision 2 13 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 6 1 6 6 2 Posts joists and stringers 1 the minimum length of the protrusion of a joist supported on a stringer shall not be less than 300 mm unless the joist is affixed by ties in which case the joist shall be supported at least on the full width of the stringer 1 1 on a same linear section of the perimeter of the shoring of the framework of a slab the length of the protrusion of the joists and stringers shall be equal 2
51. the Explosives Regulatory Division of Natural Resources Canada 4 4 1 1 A construction site chest used as an explosive depot may not contain more than 227 kg of explosives The chest may be kept without dike However it must be kept at least 15 m from any building meeting place or road If there is more than one chest each chest must be protected from the others by dikes and comply with the standards prescribed in column 3 of Schedule 2 3 O C 57 2015 s 27 4 4 1 2 Where a truck is used to temporarily store the explosives required for a workday the employer must ensure that the following standards are met a the quantity of explosives stored may not exceed 800 kg b the vehicle is covered by a magazine permit within the meaning of section 38 of the Regulation under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 r 1 c the vehicle is equipped with an automatic fire suppression system with dry chemicals complying with AS 5062 2006 standard Fire Protection for Mobile and Transportable Equipment published by Standards Australia d during blasting the truck must be kept in a safe place outside the blasting area under the constant supervision of a person holding a general permit issued under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 O C 57 2015 s 27 4 4 1 3 During working hours if it is impossible to conform to the distances provided for in paragraph b of section 4 4 1 the employer may store the explosives required for a wo
52. the tubular member involved R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 5 O C 119 2008 s 5 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 26 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 9 6 Stringers 1 2 3 Two stringers located at the same level can only be joined at right angles with an upright Any stringer shall be in a horizontal position Any stringer shall be sufficiently long to be sustained by at least 3 uprights R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 6 3 9 7 Putlogs Putlogs supporting the platform shall a b be fixed in a greater vertical dimension and be sufficiently long so they extend at least 75 mm beyond the braces of the inside and outside rows of uprights R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 7 3 9 8 Platforms The components of the platforms shall be laid in such a way as to prevent any toppling or sliding In addition scaffolding platforms shall 1 2 3 a b c have a uniform surface between two fulcrum points have a minimum free width of 470 mm if made of lumber be constructed of planking stamped by a body certified by the Canadian Lumber Standards Association as being of quality equivalent to No 1 spruce measuring at least 38 mm x 235 mm long enough to extend at least 150 mm but not more than 300 mm beyond the end supports if they are fixed end to end their extremities shall rest on
53. to workers working in an underground work site or to those who must wear specific clothing used exclusively for 1 abrasive blasting 2 work liable to produce asbestos dust emissions where moderate risk work is carried out in accordance with paragraph 2 of section 3 23 2 3 work carried out in heat stress that exceeds the continuous work curve in the Permissible heat exposure limit values graph in Schedule V to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 and 4 work carried out in compressed air O C 393 2011 s 9 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 20 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 2 11 Changing room features The changing room referred to in section 3 2 10 must be in an area separate from the work area have a minimum level of illumination of 250 lux and be maintained at a minimum temperature of 20 C be provided with drinking water installations to dry work clothes and individual lockers to store clothes In addition the storage space of each locker must be at least 0 14 m and there must be a clearance of at least 600 mm in front of each row of lockers O C 393 2011 s 9 3 2 12 Double changing room The employer must provide workers with a changing room for street clothes and another one for work clothes between which a shower room is set up so that workers may shower before weari
54. training provided for in section 8 2 and has demonstrated that he is able to perform the operations provided for in that section 3 the date of issue of the certificate 4 the name or trademark of the manufacturer of the tool 5 the model of the tool 6 the name and signature of the instructor who dispensed the training provided for in section 8 2 O C 329 94 s 77 SCHEDULE 9 S 2 15 7 2 MOBILE CRANE LOG fa Sheet 1 Crane No Serial No Make and Model Daily inspection for the month of 20 Some of the tests recommended below may not apply depending on the type of crane or on the kind of work to be carried out Indicate the result of each field inspection by checking P if the element tested is in good condition Blacken the square n in case of defects and specify those defects on sheet 2 This log shall be filled during regular working hours by the worker who has carried out the testing test field inspection or repair NAME OPERATOR write legibly Number of work hours Crane Cumulative DAY 1 2 3 4 3 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 GENERAL 1 Manufacturer s manual 2 Windows windshield wipers and window defroster 3 Horn mirrors and backup alarm 4 Boom angle indicator De Two blocking warning device B Boom length indicator 7 Drum rotation indicator 8 Dials gauges EA Engine upperworks oil water and belts 10 Machinery guards 11 Boom angle limit switch 12 Fire extinguishers 13 Power line approach l
55. velocity explosive actuated tool may be used R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 1 1 O C 329 94 s 73 7 1 2 Any low velocity explosive actuated tool shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 1 2 O C 329 94 s 73 7 1 3 Any low velocity explosive actuated tool shall 1 be unloaded when not in use 2 never be left without supervision when it is loaded R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 1 3 O C 1959 86 s 75 O C 329 94 s 73 7 1 4 The fasteners and the accessories for a low velocity explosive actuated tool shall be of the same type as those recommended by the manufacturer O C 329 94 s 73 7 1 5 The strength of the explosive charges used with a low velocity explosive actuated tool shall not be greater than the maximum strength permitted in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications O C 329 94 s 73 7 1 6 Only the manufacturer may modify a low velocity explosive actuated tool O C 329 94 s 73 7 2 Operator of a low velocity explosive actuated tool http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 64 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 C 5 2 1 r 6 SEC VII SS 2 U U 329 94 S 3 7 2 1 Every low velocity explosive actuated tool shall be operated only by a worker having received training as a low velocity explosive actuated tool operator and
56. welding or cutting operations with a torch are being carried on and for a reasonable time thereafter d where temporary oil or gas fired heat generators are used e during the use of a tar or asphalt kettle f during the storage or handling of flammable liquids and g near the exits on each storey having a floor area of 500 m or less in a building where construction works are in progress and an additional portable fire extinguisher for each additional 500 m of floor area or any fraction thereof R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 4 3 O C 329 94 s 31 3 4 4 In addition to the standards prescribed in section 3 4 1 portable fire extinguishers shall 1 be of type ABC approved by Underwriters Laboratories of Canada ULC 2 be loaded 3 comply with a NFPA Standard 10 1975 Portable Fire Extinguishers where the extinguishers are manufactured before 1 January 1989 or b NFPA Standard 10 1988 Portable Fire Extinguishers where the extinguishers are manufactured on or after 1 January 1989 4 bear the name of the person responsible for their maintenance and indicate the date of the most recent inspection 5 be easily accessible R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 4 4 O C 329 94 s 32 3 4 5 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 4 5 O C 329 94 s 33 3 4 6 Ifthe building is provided with a water supply system of at least 300 litres per minute under a minimum pressure of 80 kPa at the highest point hose
57. works such worker shall not be required to operate more than 2 separate air supplies 2 Any working chamber shall be equipped with a recording pressure gauge and with a needle dial pressure gauge which shall at all times indicate the actual pressure in the working chamber Such pressure gauges shall be installed in full view of the lock tender 3 While persons are under compressed air the employer shall make sure that there is another qualified person available on the site to perform the duties of a lock tender in an emergency R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 5 4 9 6 Electric power supply and lighting 9 6 1 Working chambers shall be electrically lighted and emergency flashlights shall be placed in each air lock working chamber or communicating shaft R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 6 1 9 6 2 Electric wires other than those used for signals and communication which pass through an air lock shall be placed in a rigid metal pipe R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 6 2 9 6 3 Electric bulbs attached to wires in a rigid metal pipe shall be covered with glass and a metal grill R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 6 3 9 7 Hygiene and welfare 9 7 1 Compressed air Changing room and shower For work in compressed air the employer must provide workers with a changing room that complies with section 3 2 11 and a shower that complies with section 3 2 15 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 7 1 O C 393 2011 s 24 9 7
58. 0 mm x 250 mm bolted at each end on a putlog equipped with steel putlogs whose circular ends are 25 mm in diameter and 50 mm in length and perforated 15 mm at the outside edge for a 10 mm pin and assembled so that an end of one span is never more than 200 mm higher than the other R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 21 O C 1413 98 s 16 3 9 22 Mast climbing work platform Every mast climbing work platform shall 1 2 3 be designed in conformity with the plans of an engineer a copy of the plans must be available on request be equipped with a plate on each hoisting system clearly stating the maximum load allowed on the platform be equipped with bearers resting on base plates or mudsills as shown on the engineer s plans or in the manufacturer s manual http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 30 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 4 have a distance between masts in conformity with the engineer s plans 5 have the sections of each mast linked together using the means specified in the engineer s plans or in the manufacturer s manual 6 have masts whose plumbness complies with the lesser of the following measures the gap between a plumb line and any point lower than a the engineer s plans or the manufacturer s manual or b 12 mm for 3 m in height 19 mm for 6 m in height or 38 mm for the total height of the scaffolding 7 b
59. 1 During blasting projections must stay within the blasting area To that end the employer must take appropriate measures to reduce and control projections in particular by using blasting mats When blasting mats are used they must be deposited not slid onto blastholes loaded with explosives O C 57 2015 s 50 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 59 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 4 7 6 The firing procedures are as follows a before proceeding with the firing the shot firer must ensure with the employer that all persons have taken shelter b sound signals must be emitted with a siren of at least 120 dB i immediately before blasting 12 short horn signals at one second intervals ii 30 seconds must elapse between the last warning signal and the time of firing iii after blasting once the blasting area is safe one continuous 15 second horn signal must announce that work may be resumed in the area c the employer must make sure that workers take shelter outside the blasting area before the first signal and that they remain there until the 15 second signal is sounded d a code of sound signals reserved for blasting operations must be written in coloured letters 150 mm high against a contrasting background on a board 1 2 m high by 2 4 m wide placed at all points of access to the work site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4
60. 10 3 Traffic signs R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sd 10 3 O C 995 91 s 12 10 3 1 The principal contractor must ensure that any construction site or part of a construction site situated on or near a public highway or a private road open to public vehicular traffic has traffic signs that comply with the standards of Chapters 1 4 and 6 of Volume V of the manual entitled Traffic Control Devices determined and set out by the Minister of Transport under the second paragraph of section 289 of the Highway Safety Code chapter C 24 2 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 3 1 O C 995 91 s 12 O C 873 2003 s 1 10 3 2 Where traffic must be directed by a flagman the employer must ensure that the flagman is vigilant and is familiar with all the responsibilities that his job entails R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 3 2 O C 995 91 s 12 10 4 Other precautions http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 771 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry IVIL 1901 U O Z 1 1 0 SUL 1U 4 U U 999 91 5 14 10 4 1 Night work The employer must ensure that workers wear orange vests with reflective bands when working at night R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 4 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 4 2 Electric lighting Electric lighting used in work areas must be positioned in such a manner as not to dazzle users of the road R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s
61. 10 4 2 O C 995 91 s 12 10 4 3 Protection of manholes 1 A portable guardrail made of steel or wood must be used to prevent falls into manholes 2 Where the guardrail is made of steel it must a be made of metal tubes at least 22 mm in diameter enclosing the manhole on 3 sides the fourth side being closed off with 2 chains b be bright in colour have a middle rail and bear flags with reflective bands and c conform to figure 1 in Schedule 5 3 Where the guardrail is made of wood it must a be made of boards 100 mm in width and must enclose the manhole on 3 sides the fourth being closed off with 2 chains b bear vertical black bands 100 mm in width on an orange background c be fitted with flags with reflective bands and d conform to figure 2 of Schedule 5 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 4 3 O C 995 91 s 12 10 4 4 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 4 4 O C 995 91 s 12 10 4 4 1 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 4 4 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 4 5 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 4 5 O C 995 91 s 12 10 4 6 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 4 6 O C 995 91 s 12 10 5 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sd 10 5 O C 995 91 s 12 10 5 1 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 5 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 5 2 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 5 2 O C 995 91 s 12 10 5 3 Replaced R R Q 1981
62. 15 including any continuous exposure or any series of short exposures during a worker s working period R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 1 2 10 7 2 Continuous noises at different levels When a worker is exposed to continuous noises at different levels the combined effect of these levels shall be estimated a the total exposure hours at a given level and T indicates the total time of exposure hours permitted by section 2 10 7 1 or b http Awww2 publications duq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM by adding the following fractions by calculating the equivalent sound level in dBA with a sound level meter an audio dosimeter or any other measuring device corresponding to the following formula Cm T m where C indicates 9 87 8 9 2015 T L Leq 16 61 Log10 T 16 61 010 dt where Leq equivalent sound level in dBA L instantaneous sound level T total exposure time of the worker expressed in hours in dBA Safety Code for the construction industry and by using the level so obtained to apply the table in section 2 10 7 1 In the case where the evaluation method mentioned in subparagraph a of the first paragraph is used a worker shall not be exposed to a sound level such that the sum of the fractions is higher than unity Any exposure of the worker to a sound level lower than 85 dBA shall be excluded from
63. 15 s 16 4 2 10 The Commission must revoke a certificate if the shot firer is found guilty of an offence under section 237 of the Act respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 in relation to this Division The Commission must notify the shot firer in writing of the revocation of the certificate O C 57 2015 s 16 4 2 11 An employer must ensure that a worker who acts as shot firer holds a certificate O C 57 2015 s 16 4 3 Transportation of explosives http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 54 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 4 3 1 An employer must make sure that a vehicle transporting explosives is in good working order and allows for the safe transportation of explosives in particular in compliance with the following standards a the display of safety marks in accordance with the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations SOR 2001 286 b the part of the vehicle containing explosives must be isolated fireproof in compliance with section 45 of the Regulation under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 r 1 and locked at all times except during the loading or unloading of explosives c the metal parts likely to come into contact with explosives or their wrapping during transportation must be covered with a material to prevent such contact d the installation of a tracking and communication system fo
64. 2 13 3 2 13 3 1 All the extensible parts of a scaffold shoring including adjustment screws shall comply with one of the following requirements a bear a mark indicating that beyond that mark they are extended beyond the manufacturer s requirements b be equipped with a locking device that prevents their extension beyond the manufacturer s requirements A table of the allowable loads and corresponding extension heights shall be available on the construction site premises O C 1413 98 s 6 2 14 Damaged buildings 2 14 1 Where a building or structure has been damaged in such a way that it might collapse totally or partially a it shall be progressively propped or shored up so as to ensure the safety of persons or b any other equivalent safety measure shall be taken until the building or structure is demolished dismantled or repaired R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 14 1 O C 329 94 s 17 2 15 Hoisting apparatus 2 15 1 Hoisting apparatus and their accessories shall be a of safe construction and offering the required strength b maintained in good working order c equipped with warning devices when the transportation is motorized and d equipped with hoisting brakes so designed and installed as to stop a load of 1 5 times the rated load R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 1 2 15 2 Posting of the rated load The rated load shall be posted in a conspicuous place on a hoisting apparatus http www2 publicationsdu
65. 3 98 s 23 3 14 5 A welding torch using oxygen and a combustible gas shall be equipped with a gas check valve and with a flame arrester at the combustible gas supply point and the oxygen supply point located in the torch handle O C 329 94 s 61 O C 1413 98 s 23 3 14 6 The chassis or hood of a welding machine supplied by a public power utility shall be grounded in accordance with CSA Standard C22 10 1992 Canadian Electrical Code Part 16th Edition plus the Qu bec Amendments O C 1674 91 91 12 04 and any future provision amending it O C 1413 98 s 23 3 14 7 A portable welding machine supplied by an internal combustion engine shall be grounded if it is provided with auxiliary outlets of 120 V or 240 V and if those outlets are used simultaneously with the welding process O C 1413 98 s 23 3 14 8 It is prohibited to use electrical conductors or a pipeline containing flammable gases or liquids as a welding or cutting current neutral circuit http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 39 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry O C 1413 98 s 23 3 15 Diggings excavations and trenches R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sd 3 15 O C 807 92 s 8 3 15 1 Public services 1 Before digging the employer shall verify whether there is underground piping within the perimeter of the works to be carried out and where applicable
66. 4 must be installed separately for each sex not less than 1 shower per 10 workers or fewer of each sex in rooms that are maintained at a minimum temperature of 20 C and that have a minimum level of illumination of 250 lux They must be supplied with temperature controlled potable water be provided with soap individual towels and hand towels and be cleaned and disinfected at least once per shift when they have been used O C 393 2011 s 9 3 3 Temporary structures R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec Ill ss 3 2 O C 329 94 s 28 3 3 1 Ramps platforms runways scaffolding and other temporary structures shall be designed and constructed according to recognized methods so as to avoid any risk of collapse or any other danger of accident R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 2 1 O C 329 94 s 29 3 3 2 Any temporary structure shall be sufficiently braced in order to withstand all loads that might be applied during construction restoration or demolition R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 2 2 O C 329 94 s 29 3 3 3 Any temporary structure constructed to support part of a permanent structure until this structure is self supporting shall be designed constructed supported and braced to withstand all loads which might be applied R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 2 3 O C 329 94 s 29 3 3 4 No change which might affect the structure of a building shall be undertaken before ensuring that the constituent elements will not
67. 5 3 1 1106 5 53 3 88 3 0 31 0 37 98 220 5 220 5 110 3 2 110 55 4 00 55 0 32 0 39 20 221 35 LETS 113 55 Gee 13 5 S63 4 13 56 5 0 33 0 40 43 234 234 117 3 4 117 582 5 4 25 58 5 0 34 0 41 65 241 241 120 5 3 5 1120 5 60 4 38 60 0 35 0 42 88 248 248 124 3 6 124 62 4 50 62 0 36 0 44 10 255 255 LAT 35 Sek NAT 03 3 4 63 63 5 0 37 0 45 33 262 262 131 38 13a 691 5 4 75 65 5 0 38 0 146 55 269 269 134 3 9 1134 67 4 88 67 0 39 0 47 78 27555 245 05 138 4 0 138 69 5 00 69 0 40 0 49 00 282 5 282 5 141 4 1 141 70 5 5 13 70 5 0 41 0 50 23 289 5 289 5 144 5 4 2 145 72 DE 25 72 0 42 0 51 45 296 296 148 4 3 148 74 5 38 74 0 43 0 52 68 303 303 151 5 4 4 151 5 76 5 50 76 0 44 0 53 90 310 310 TOS 4 5 155 Th 263 Tio 0 45 0 55 13 317 317 158 5 4 6 158 5 79 e 75 79 0 46 0 56 35 324 324 162 4 7 162 81 5 88 81 0 47 0 57 58 330 330 165 4 8 165 5 82 5 6 00 82 5 0 48 0 58 80 337 5 337 45 169 4 9 169 84 6 13 84 0 49 0 60 03 345 345 TEA 0 172 86 6 25 86 0 50 0 61 25 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 3 2 SCHEDULE 4 s 8 11 3 CODE OF SIGNALS 1 The following code of signals shall be used in underground work sites 1 bell Stop immediately if in motion executive signal 1 bell Hoist executive signal 3 3 1 bells Hoist slowly 2 bells Lower executive signal 3 3 2 bells Lower slowly 1 2 bells Chairing and unchairing 3 bells Cautionary signal Men about to ascend or
68. 6 8 Hand lifting and carrying 1 2 3 4 a b 6 6 Mechanical apparatus shall be provided and used for carrying material when the safety of the worker is jeopardized Subsection revoked Workers assigned to the handling of material shall be instructed as to the manner of lifting and carrying loads Where an inclined plane is used for raising or lowering heaw objects the following steps shall be followed avoid standing on the lower end of the plane and control the displacement of such object by means of cables blocks wedges or other devices Where rollers are utilized for moving objects tools designed for this type of work shall be used instead of hands or feet to change the position of the moving rollers Suitable protective equipment in accordance with Subdivision 2 10 shall be used for the manual transportation of objects having sharp and dangerous edges and for the handling of burning caustic or corrosive substances 7 The handling of heaw objects by a crew shall be done with signals that are well understood and designed to ensure uniform manoeuvering R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 3 O C 329 94 ss 63 and 66 3 16 9 Conveyors 1 2 3 4 The resistance of a structural element of a conveyor shall be calculated so that it supports the loads and overloads to which it is exposed A mobile element shall be protected in accordance with section 3 10 13 if it is located less than 2 m away from
69. 7 6 O C 1959 86 s 64 O C 57 2015 s 51 4 7 7 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 7 O C 1959 86 s 65 4 7 8 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 8 O C 1959 86 s 65 4 7 9 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 9 O C 57 2015 s 52 4 7 10 Blasting logbook The blasting logbook must at least contain the information provided for in Schedule 2 2 and it must be maintained and signed by the shot firer The employer must keep it for 3 years and make it available at all times on the work site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 10 O C 1959 86 s 66 O C 57 2015 s 53 4 8 Work after blasting R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sd 4 8 O C 57 2015 s 54 4 8 1 After blasting the shot firer must be the first to enter the blasting area to make sure it is safe For that purpose the shot firer must a wait for the smoke to dissipate b make sure using a device to measure the concentration of carbon monoxide that the carbon monoxide concentration is below the exposure limit values indicated in Schedule to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 c examine the work site d look for possible misfires blowouts and bootlegs e mark those found R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 8 1 O C 1959 86 s 67 O C 57 2015 s 55 4 8 2 When the shot firer considers that the blasting area is safe the shot firer informs the employer that t
70. 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry Qu bec fika diteur officiel du Qu bec Updated to 1 August 2015 This document has official status chapter S 2 1 r 4 Safety Code for the construction industry An Act respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 s 223 DIVISION DEFINITIONS 1 1 inthis Code unless otherwise indicated 1 blasting accessory means any explosive substance used in firing explosives 1 1 CSA means the Canadian Standards Association 1 2 asbestos means the fibrous form of mineral silicates belonging to rock forming minerals of the serpentine group that is chrysotile and the amphibole group that is actinolite amosite anthophyllite crocidolite tremolite or any mixture containing one or more of those minerals 2 hoisting apparatus means a crane overhead travelling crane gantry crane monorail platform or fork lift truck winch hoist derrick jib crane gin auxiliary crane aerial basket lifting platform and table levelling apparatus truck lifting panel lifting jack and screw jack 3 ASTM means the American Society for Testing and Materials 4 continuous noise means a prolonged noise including a noise caused by the mechanical impact of solid bodies or by impulsive noise occurring at a frequency higher than one per second 5 impact noise means any noise caused by the mechanical impact of solid bodies or by
71. 9 Only the driver and the persons engaged in the handling of explosives may ride in a vehicle transporting explosives R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 9 4 3 10 Vehicle equipped with a radio transmitter When detonators are not in their original packing the employer must make sure that the radio frequency transmitter is not in use unless the detonators are not electrical or are contained in a closed metal case lined with a material not likely to produce sparks R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 10 O C 57 2015 s 24 4 3 11 Revoked http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 55 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry K R Q 1981 C 5 2 1 r 6 S 4 3 11 U U 9 ZU19 S 2d 4 3 12 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 12 O C 1959 86 s 45 O C 57 2015 s 25 4 3 13 Where explosives are transported outside motor roads using a means other than a vehicle referred to in this subdivision the employer must ensure that a the quantity of explosives transported does not exceed the quantity required for the blasting b the explosives are contained in a chest that has no material inside that could produce sparks c detonators are transported separately from the explosives either in another chest or in the same chest if it is equipped with a safe partition d if applicable the additional quantity of fuel necessary for the transp
72. Any extension cord not in use shall be disconnected R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 11 4 2 11 5 The junction and distribution boxes and the outlets shall be closed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 11 5 2 11 6 Switch The switch controlling a service entrance a feeder or a branch circuit shall not be locked in a closed position R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 11 6 2 12 Precautions during construction or demolition 2 12 1 Any framework shall be calculated constructed placed supported wind braced or guyed to resist any load which could be imposed during construction or demolition R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 12 1 2 12 2 it is forbidden to leave without protection a wall a chimney or a structure which could collapse during construction or demolition R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 12 2 2 12 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 12 3 O C 391 2011 s 1 2 12 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 12 4 O C 391 2011 s 1 2 12 5 Revoked http ww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharge php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 13 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 12 5 O C 391 2011 s 1 2 13 Shoring parts 2 13 1 Telescopic steel jacks 1 On request the employer shall provide the inspector with a copy of the drawings and informations concerning the ultimate capacity of the jacks a table
73. Before the beginning of the dismantling work of a steel structure the principal contractor must 1 locate if applicable the electric network of the work area turn off the power and apply a locking procedure 2 locate any gas steam or liquid line and apply if applicable a method for purging the line and a locking procedure O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 22 Dismantling plan Work must be carried out according to a plan drawn up by an engineer The plan must contain 1 the dismantling method and sequence including the bolt rivet and weld removal sequence http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 52 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 2 measures to ensure the stability of the hoisting apparatus and structure components The measures must particularly take into account the following elements a the load must not exceed 70 of the hoisting apparatus capacity including hoisting accessories specified in the applicable load rating chart b anchor rods must be considered as having no resistance unless pull out tests are performed to establish their resistance 3 the weight and the centre of gravity of the structure components 4 measures to protect workers against falls and 5 any other relevant measure to ensure the safe dismantling of the structure O C 391 2011 s 2 DIVISION IV HANDLING AND USE OF EXPLOSIVES 4 1 General prov
74. CAN CSA Standard 294 3 Eye and Face Protectors within 24 months following its last update when the worker s eyes or face are exposed to a moving particles b hazardous substances c intense light or heat radiation d molten metal e paragraph revoked f other risks of the same kind R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 5 O C 995 91 s 3 O C 329 94 s 8 O C 393 2011 s 3 2 10 6 Foot protection Subject to section 2 1 1 every person on a construction site must wear class 1 protective footwear that complies with CAN CSA Standard Z 195 Protective Footwear R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 6 O C 995 91 s 4 O C 393 2011 s 4 2 10 7 1 Continuous noise On a construction site no worker shall be exposed to continuous sound levels permitted by the table below during a time period longer than the one mentioned Sound level Permitted exposure in dBA corrected dBA time or equivalent dBA h day 85 16 86 3 9 87 TZAT 88 10 6 89 9 2 90 8 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 8 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 91 92 93 3 94 6 95 96 9 97 98 6 99 a 100 101 275 102 50 103 as 104 2 105 106 9 107 8 108 ae 109 6 110 ad 111 A 112 4 113 35 114 30 115 25 gt 1
75. ES in letters at http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 61 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry least 12 mm in height R R Q DIVISION 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 5 3 1 vi SHORING OF CONCRETE FORMWORK 6 1 Shoring drawing 6 1 1 R R Q 6 1 2 if for a construction there is repetition of the form of the structure and it is not necessary to change the shoring drawing the same drawing may be used for the A copy of the drawing mentioned in paragraph b of subsection 2 of section 2 4 1 shall be kept on the construction site for the entire duration of the work 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 1 1 following stages on the same site R R Q 6 1 3 The shoring drawing shall specifically mention all the information respecting the installation of the shoring the drawing shall contain the following information in 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 1 2 particular 1 spacing of load bearing elements 2 bracing 3 size of the parts 4 design loads 5 resistance of the materials 6 bearing surface 7 method for pouring the concrete and 8 any other information taken into account by the engineer who signed the drawing R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 1 3 O C 1413 98 s 26 6 2 Concreting work 6 2 1 a i a Before commencing concreting work the employer shall obtain from an
76. NCTION DATE NOTE All the tests prescribed by the manufacturer s manual shall be carried out Enter below the complete details in respect of any maintenance inspections testings and revisions and modifications carried out All incidents mi DATE INITIALS COMMENTS O C 1413 98 s 29 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS 2015 O C 428 2015 SECTION 9 Sections 1 to 5 of this Regulation apply from the following dates to open sites that the number of workers indicated will occupy simultaneously at a particular stage of the work or for the duration of the work 1 18 June 2015 if there are 100 or more workers 2 18 December 2015 if there are between 50 and 99 workers 3 18 June 2016 if there are 50 workers or fewer Despite section 8 sections 162 to 165 of the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 continue to apply to construction sites or where applicable to the categories of sites specified in that Regulation until the rules provided for in sections 1 to 5 apply to them in accordance with the first paragraph O C 57 2015 SECTION 63 Despite section 27 until the standard Explosives Quantity Distances BNQ 2910 510 is made and published by the Bureau de normalisation du Qu bec the distances for the disposition of depots provided for by the standard in paragraph b of section 4 4 1 of the Safety Code for the construction industry are those provided for in the Quantity Distance Principles Us
77. O C 329 94 s 72 O C 57 2015 s 21 4 3 6 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 6 O C 1959 86 s 42 O C 57 2015 s 22 4 3 7 Loading and unloading During the loading or unloading of explosives in a vehicle the employer must ensure that all the safety measures required to eliminate the risk of accidental blasting are taken The employer must make sure in particular that a _ the vehicle s engine is not running b the loading or unloading takes place without interruption and with care except in the case of bulk explosives Once the explosives are unloaded the employer must make sure that every explosive is stored in a depot as soon as possible unless the vehicle constitutes a depot covered by a magazine permit within the meaning of section 38 of the Regulation under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 r 1 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 7 O C 1959 86 s 43 O C 57 2015 s 23 4 3 8 The driver of a vehicle transporting explosives must no make unnecessary stops When the vehicle must be parked the driver must turn the ignition off set the parking brake and ensure a continuous watch over the vehicle A vehicle carrying explosives shall not be fueled except where the distance to cover is greater than the range allowed by the fuel tank capacity of the vehicle In that case fueling shall nevertheless be done before loading explosives R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 8 O C 1959 86 s 44 4 3
78. Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 4 O C 35 2001 s 14 3 9 5 Uprights 1 Scaffolding uprights shall rest on the ground or on foundations capable of supporting the maximum load without excessive settlement or deformation 1 1 When scaffolding uprights rest on uneven ground a safe and efficient means such as screw jacks must be used to ensure the plumbness of the scaffolding The use of construction waste material to fill the unevenness in the ground is prohibited 2 The inner row of uprights shall be erected as close as possible to the building or structure 3 The wooden uprights shall a be fastened to the ground or foundation in such a way as to avoid any displacement of the base b be vertical and c not be cracked at the foot 4 Should the uprights be spliced they shall be fitted together in such a way that the spliced portion be at least as resistant as the portion which is directly beneath it 5 When 2 stationary scaffoldings resting on the ground meet at the angle of a building or structure an upright shall be placed at the intersection of the extended exterior longitudinal girders 6 The parts making up the uprights shall be linked up in such a way that no torque or stress capable of causing buckling can come about 7 The distance between 2 juncture points of a structure likely to buckle shall not be longer than a 30 times the smallest dimension of the wooden member involved or b 70 times the diameter of
79. TM 57 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 1 O C 57 2015 s 37 4 6 1 1 A loading area must be delimited by means of ribbons trestles or a warning line provided for in section 2 9 4 1 Only persons holding a valid general permit issued under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 may access the area O C 57 2015 s 38 4 6 2 The primer cartridge of a blasthole shall be prepared only when priming the hole R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 2 O C 1959 86 s 51 4 6 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 3 O C 57 2015 s 39 4 6 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 4 O C 1959 86 s 52 O C 57 2015 s 39 4 6 5 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 5 O C 1959 86 s 52 O C 57 2015 s 39 4 6 6 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 6 O C 1959 86 s 53 4 6 7 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 7 O C 1959 86 s 53 4 6 8 Tamping rod and punch For loading only a tamping rod and punch made of non ferrous material may be used R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 8 O C 1959 86 s 54 4 6 9 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 9 O C 1959 86 s 55 4 6 9 1 Conditions for untamping and repriming a blasthole or misfire Prior to the untamping or repriming of a blasthole or misfire the employer must prepare a written procedure that takes into account the types of exp
80. aded nails in which case the first head shall be completely driven in have their points flattened should they extend beyond the exterior surface of the last piece assembled and be pulled out of any dismantled wood when nuts are used wrenches shall be the appropriate size to avoid sliding on the head of the nut such that while tightening the elasticity limit of the metal with which the nut is made is not exceeded and equipped with a strap to enable the workmen to suspend them from his wrist or belt when devices such as clamps or metallic points are utilized these devices shall be specially designed for this purpose and be so fixed as not to slip under the pressure brought to bear upon them R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 9 3 9 10 Mooring 1 2 Stationary scaffoldings shall be firmly anchored to the steel structure or to any other point which offers sufficient strength to hold them in place Scaffoldings shall not be attached to balustrades of balconies or any other part of a construction which offers insufficient strength http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 27 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 The putlogs of a scaffolding which has a single row of uprights shall be attached to the main structure by one end They shall be embedded at least 100 mm in the masonry 4 Scaffoldings which have double rows of upright
81. air to working chambers and air locks shall be readily available from at least 2 independent sources R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 3 2 9 3 3 For caisson works at least 2 air lines shall supply air to each air lock and working chamber R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 3 3 9 3 4 Supervision of compressors 1 The employer shall designate one or more qualified persons to take charge of the compressors supplying the working chamber and locks and to continually supervise their operation during the works 2 The compressors supplying the working chamber and the locks shall be kept in working order and shall be checked every 24 hours R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 3 4 9 4 Air locks and working chambers 9 4 1 Any air lock shall be designed and built according to a drawing signed and sealed by an engineer R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 1 9 4 2 a copy of these drawings shall be kept in the office of the job site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 2 9 4 3 Every air lock door shall be equipped with a glass bull s eye Valves and lines connected to the air supply and exhaust shall be arranged so that the air locks may be operated from inside and from outside R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 3 9 4 4 Air locks for workers shall be large enough so as to avoid cramped positions They shall be at least 2 m high and shall contain a timepiece thermometer and a pressure gauge which will indicate the air pressure
82. alled on a vehicle or any equipment which may be moved i any anchoring device used for the installation of prefabricated concrete slabs or prefabricated buildings k any spreader bar used for the installation of prefabricated concrete slabs or prefabricated buildings I any suspended scaffolding or boatswain s chair m any mast climbing work platform that must be anchored except in the case of a pump jack scaffold 3 Before installing or putting up tower cranes hoists or job site elevators the employer shall send to the Commission the installation plans signed and sealed by an engineer These plans shall also include the disassembling procedure 4 The copies of the compliance certificate signed by an engineer shall be sent to the Commission before the work begins 5 A certified copy of the plans mentioned in subsections 2 and 3 or of the certificates mentioned in subsection 4 shall be available at all times on the construction site 6 The employer shall a paragraph revoked b ensure the good operation of safety devices and fire prevention apparatus c paragraph revoked d ensure that any area of great depth has an easy means of evacuation and a ventilation system where there is a possibility of gas vapours or other dangerous substances or contaminants accumulating R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 4 1 Decision 83 11 17 s 4 O C 1959 86 s 4 O C 54 90 s 2 O C 807 92 s 2 O C 119 2008 s 3 2 4
83. anadian Welding Bureau or a Class A or B qualification certificate in pressure vessel welding issued by Emploi Qu bec and h hawe a plate indicating the rated load of the platform the total weight of the platform including the rated load the manufacturer s name the date of manufacture and a reference to the plans submitted Identification of the welder shall be mentioned for any platform manufactured after 23 April 1980 4 During the hoisting of a worker with a mobile crane a the crane shall conform to CSA Standard Z150 1974 Safety Code for Mobile Cranes and its supplement No 1 1977 b the platform shall be suspended or held in such a way that the slope of the floor does not exceed 1 5 in the worst loading conditions and i ii the flexible suspension members of the platform and the supporting hitch or pin have a minimum safety factor of 10 c an additional link shall tie the supporting hitch of the platform to a point located above the hook and d the mobile crane shall be equipped with an upper limit switch for the hook or with a boom allowing the lifting of the platform at least to 3 m above the highest work level 5 During the hoisting of a worker with a lift truck a the lift truck shall conform to CSA Standard B335 1 1977 Low Lift and High Lift Trucks b the platform shall encircle the forks and be secured to the apron of the lift truck c the total load shall not exceed 50 of the rated load of the lift tru
84. and supervision The employer shall ensure that ladders are placed in trenches at intervals of 15 linear metres or fractions thereof and in such manner as to follow the progress of the works Ladders shall rest on the bottom of the trench and extend at least 1 m above ground level When workers are in a trench the employer shall post an experienced person at ground level so that he may detect faults earth breaking away or any other source of danger R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 4 O C 807 92 s 12 3 15 5 Barriers barricades or warning line 1 Continuous barriers or barricades of a minimum height of 0 7 m or a warning line as provided for in section 2 9 4 1 must be set up on the edge of any escarpment or digging a whose depth is more than 3 m or b which might constitute a hazard to workers or the public in general 2 Subsection revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 5 O C 995 91 s 9 O C 606 2014 s 19 3 15 6 Drainage Any excavation or trench shall be kept reasonably clear of water R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 6 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 40 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 15 7 Caissons 1 No worker shall enter a caisson unless a he is protected by a steel shoring i that is sufficiently resistant ii covering all the depth above the worker who is working there
85. another surface from which they are not at risk of falling 2 install guard rails or a system which by limiting the movements of workers prevent them from being at risk of falling 3 use common protective devices and equipment such as safety nets 4 ensure that workers wear safety harnesses secured to an anchorage system by a fall arrest connecting device the whole in accordance with sections 2 10 12 and 2 10 15 when they are working When workers cannot position themselves without the help of their fall arrest connecting device ensure that they also use a means of positioning such as a plank on brackets a positioning tether or strap a suspension cable or a platform 5 use another means that ensures equivalent safety for workers R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 9 1 O C 329 94 s 6 O C 35 2001 s 5 O C 606 2014 s 3 2 9 2 Installation of guard rails Guard rails must be placed on open sides of a floor roof platform ramp or scaffoldings or stairs around an excavation or any area from which workers may fall 1 into a dangerous liquid or substance 2 a vertical distance of 1 2 m or more where he uses a wheelbarrow or another vehicle or 3 a height greater than 3 m in other cases Despite the foregoing such a guard rail may be removed during work if it is a nuisance In such a case workers must wear a safety harness secured to an anchorage system by a fall arrest connecting device the whole in accordance with sec
86. any shock or shall be clearly identified as to the nature of its content R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 13 1 O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 2 Before disconnecting or repairing a connection or a section of piping through which compressed gas circulates the piping supply shall be cut off and that piping shall be completely depressurized R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 13 2 O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 3 Air piping Connections for flexible piping sections through which compressed air circulates shall be equipped with one of the following devices a a chain or steel rope attached to each side of the connection b a self locking device or c a locking device R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 13 3 O C 1959 86 s 23 O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 4 itis prohibited to store oxygen cylinders less than 6 m from a flammable gas cylinder or a combustible such as oil or grease unless the oxygen cylinder is http ww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 38 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry separated from it by a wall made of non combustible material of a minimum height of 1 5 m and of a fire resistance of not less than 30 minutes R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 13 4 O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 5 Any compressed gas cylinder shall a comply with the Act respecting pressure vessels chapter A 20 01 and its regulations b be kept away from any heat
87. any worker using electric tools not fitted with a dust collector equipped with a high efficiency filter or by any worker handling thoroughly wetted friable materials containing asbestos the respirator shall be selected adjusted used and cared for in accordance with CSA Standard 2Z94 4 93 Selection Use and Care or Respirators and shall comply with one of the following types a a powered air purifying respirator with a high efficiency particulate filter b a supplied air respirator operated in continuous flow positive pressure mode or in a pressure demand mode with positive pressure 2 notwithstanding paragraph 1 a supplied air and continuous flow positive pressure adjusted or pressure demand and positive pressure half facepiece or full facepiece respirator specified in the Guide des appareils de protection respiratoire utilis s au Qu bec published by the Institut de recherch Robert Sauv en sant et en s curit du travail shall be worn by any worker who is in one of the following situations a in the presence of friable materials containing asbestos that are not thoroughly wetted b in the presence of crocidolite or amosite where the readings made under paragraph 4 give concentrations equal to or greater than 10 fibres cm 3 before work begins the employer and the principal contractor shall identify in writing the following information and make it available in the work area a the equipment and tools necessary to carry out the w
88. ated by immersion f be approved by Transport Canada or by a body recognized by Transport Canada as evidenced by the tag or approval stamp affixed to it R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 13 O C 329 94 s 15 O C 513 2015 s 3 2 10 14 Safety belt Where a worker is equipped with a safety belt it can be used only to limit the movements of a worker or to keep him in his work position Such a belt must comply with CAN CSA Standard 2259 1 Body Belts and Saddles for Work Positioning and Travel Restraint A safety belt shall not be used as individual protective equipment to stop the fall of a worker R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 14 O C 53 90 s 3 O C 35 2001 s 7 O C 606 2014 s 7 2 10 15 Anchorage system The fall arrest connecting device of a safety harness must be secured to 1 a single point of anchorage with one of the following characteristics a a breaking strength of at least 18 kN or b designed and installed in accordance with an engineer s plan in compliance with CSA Standard Z259 16 Design of Active Fall Protection Systems and having one of the following characteristics http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 12 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry i a strength equal to twice the maximum fall arrest force as certified by an engineer or ii certified in accordance with EN 795 Personal Protective Equipm
89. b lights which can light up the travelway in 2 directions c marker lights indicating its maximum width and d an amber flashing light visible from any direction when in movement R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 3 8 8 4 Railroads shall be a kept in good condition b constructed so as to prevent derailment c reasonably level and d free of bumps and obstructions R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 4 8 8 5 A stop block shall be provided for a convoy or a car stationed on a plane with an incline greater than 1 1 2 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 5 8 8 6 Passenger wagons 1 If wagons are used to transport workers to their work areas they shall a be passenger type wagons b be pulled at speeds appropriate to the condition of the travelway and the equipment used c be in sufficient number and d not carry materials and tools other than hand tools http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharge php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 71 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 2 The convoy shall be under the responsibility of a qualified person R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 6 8 8 7 Workers who use passenger wagons shall a remain seated and b not board or leave the convoy while it is moving R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 7 8 8 8 Only those self propelled vehicles directly involved in an underground work site may be stationed
90. builders chapter B 1 1 r 9 or who is exempted therefrom by that regulation or by a regulation under section 182 of the Building Act chapter B 1 1 shall be exempted from taking such safety course i on an outlying construction site all the required accommodations are provided for the inspector on the duration of this inspection work k the apparatus equipment or tools used on a construction site conform to this Code R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 4 2 Decision 83 11 17 s 5 O C 21 85 s 1 O C 1959 86 s 5 O C 329 94 s 4 S Q 1996 c 74 s 54 O C 1413 98 s 2 2 4 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 4 3 O C 1959 86 s 6 2 4 4 Ona construction site traffic control use of public ways temporary electrical installation housekeeping of sites toilets and their accessories public safety access to the site protection against fire permanent ramps and guardrails temporary heating transportation and rescue on water and all other general safety measures are the responsibility of the principal contractor R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 4 4 O C 1959 86 s 7 O C 428 2015 s 2 O C 513 2015 s 2 2 5 Organization of safety 2 5 1 Site committee A site committee shall be established on any construction site employing 25 workers or more at any time during the work R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 5 1 2 5 2 1 The site committee is the responsibility of the employer who acts as general
91. by the latter That equipment shall be selected adjusted used and cared for in accordance with CSA Standard Z94 4 93 Selection Use and Care of Respirators O C 459 99 s 10 O C 885 2001 s 372 3 23 15 Ona construction site where moderate risk work is being carried out an employer in addition to the obligations provided for in sections 3 23 3 to 3 23 14 shall comply with the following 1 the wearing of a reusable protective respiratory apparatus equipped with a high efficiency filter for protection from asbestos as specified in the Guide des appareils de protection respiratoire utilis s au Qu bec published by the Institut de recherche Robert Sauv en sant et en s curit du travail is compulsory for any worker present in the work area the equipment shall be selected adjusted and maintained in accordance with CSA Standard Z94 4 93 Selection Use and Care of Respirators 2 notwithstanding paragraph 1 a respirator that complies with the provisions of paragraph 1 or 2 of section 3 23 16 shall be worn in the following cases http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 48 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry a for the handling or removal of friable material containing crocidolite or amosite b for any work covered by subparagraph d of paragraph 2 of section 3 23 2 3 protective clothing shall be worn by any person present in the wo
92. cabin or a protective structure shall be installed 2 The cabins shall be a located and equipped so as to provide the operator with the best possible view b closed and provided with safety glass windows on all side if used outside and c adequately heated during cold weather R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 10 3 10 11 Lighting When a self propelled vehicle is in operation after nightfall or whenever circumstances so require it shall be provided with a headlights in front and at least one red light in the rear and b sufficient lighting installed so as not to hamper the operator but allowing him to carry out his duties and to read easily the indicators on the dashboard R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 11 3 10 12 Warning devices 1 Any self propelled vehicle shall be equipped with a warning device that shall a be installed within reach of the operator b have a sound which is special to that type of equipment and different from any other signal on the site and c be loud enough to override surrounding noises 2 Shall be supplied with an automatic warning horn for the reverse gear a dump trucks b cement trucks c service trucks having a nominal capacity of 2 250 kg or more and used for maintenance or for supplying a construction site with equipment d trucks equipped with an auxiliary crane for moving materials e trucks used on electric distribution and transportation lines equippe
93. cal lock there shall be a well equipped first aid room containing all the necessary drugs and surgical instruments for the administration of first aid to accident victims R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 8 9 8 9 The employer shall ensure that any worker doing work in compressed air wears a medical bracelet indicating that he works in compressed air the location of the medical lock and with instructions to carry him to that lock in case of emergency R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 9 DIVISION X WORK ON ROADS OPEN TO TRAFFIC R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Div X O C 995 91 s 12 10 1 Definitions R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sd 10 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 1 1 in this subdivision public highway means a public highway within the meaning of the Highway Safety Code chapter C 24 2 chemin public road vehicle means a road vehicle within the meaning of the Highway Safety Code v hicule routier R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 1 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 2 Scope R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sd 10 2 O C 995 91 s 12 10 2 1 This Division applies to any construction site or part thereof located on or bordering on a public highway or private road open to public vehicular traffic R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 2 1 O C 995 91 s 12 10 2 2 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 2 2 O C 995 91 s 12 10 2 3 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 10 2 3 O C 995 91 s 12
94. cessible O C 391 2011 s 2 Erection of a steel structure O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 8 Preparation of the work area Before the beginning of the steel structure erection work the principal contractor must verify 1 that the concrete foundations are backfilled and the work area including the unloading area is levelled drained and of a sufficient dimension to store materials and 2 that the resistance of the soil under the work area allows support of hoisting apparatus trucks and loads during the work O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 9 Erection plans Work must be carried out according to the steel structure manufacturer s plan The plan must include 1 the location of the various components of the structure and their erection marks 2 the main dimensions and their respective levels 3 the type of bolts used and their diameter 4 the welds to be done on site 5 the temporary structural components and 6 the number of rows of bridging and their position if applicable O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 10 Erection procedure In addition to being carried out in accordance with the erection plan provided for in section 3 24 9 the work must be carried out according to a procedure established by the employer The procedure must contain 1 the installation method and the erection stages of the structure 2 the measures to be taken to ensure that the structure components are stable and 3 the measures to protect workers from fal
95. ck d when the platform is equipped with a hoisting control it shall be possible to stop the lift truck from this control and the latter shall have priority on any other control and e when the platform is not equipped with a hoisting control the operator of the lift truck shall remain at the controls during the work R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 7 O C 1959 86 s 22 O C 329 94 s 52 O C 35 2001 s 18 O C 606 2014 s 16 3 10 8 Vehicle mounted aerial device 1 A vehicle mounted aerial device manufactured before 1 January 2000 shall meet one of the following requirements a comply with CSA Standard C225 1976 Vehicle Mounted Aerial Devices b comply with ANSI Standard A92 2 1979 Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial Devices and be submitted to non destructive testing of load bearing parts by a certified body before 1 January 2000 or c comply with ANSI SIA Standard A92 2 1990 Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial Devices 2 A vehicle mounted aerial device manufactured on or after 1 January 2000 shall meet one of the following requirements a comply with CAN CSA Standard C225 M88 Vehicle Mounted Aerial Devices or b comply with ANSI SIA Standard A 92 2 1990 Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Aerial Devices and have been manufactured by an enterprise certified in compliance with ISO 9001 3 A worker in an aerial device must wear a safety harness secured by a fall arrest connec
96. closed while travelling and e the truck shall be equipped with a tarpaulin to protect workers against bad weather 2 Any truck with a closed body used for the transportation of workers shall have a the floor of the workers compartment airtight so as to prevent intoxication by exhaust gases b the tailpipe extended beyond the end of the body c openings specially arranged to allow natural ventilation and lighting of the vehicle for daytime driving and d artificial lighting inside the workers compartment for night time driving R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 18 5 2 18 6 Prohibited transportation Transportation of persons is forbidden in trailers and semi trailers R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 18 6 2 18 7 Simultaneous transportation of workers and materials 1 Vehicles used for the transportation of workers shall not carry dangerous pesticides and flammable substances unless these substances are carried in receivers designed for this purpose and outside the compartments occupied by the drivers or passengers 2 All sharp tools carried in the driver s or the passengers compartment shall be a placed in boxes or covered containers or b protected by scabbards covering the sharp edge and secured to the body of the vehicle outside of the aisles 3 Itis permitted to carry simultaneously in the same compartment the workers and a small materials as long as a stowing device prevents any movement of
97. ct to process the waste http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 2 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 34 trench means a piece of land dug to a depth of at least 1 2 m where the width of the base is equal or less than the depth The width of the base is measured between the excavated walls or between an excavated wall and a structure 34 0 1 work above or near water means work carried out above or less than 2 m from a body of water or watercourse that is either more than 1 2 m deep and allows the use of a boat or with a water flow of more than 0 51 m s sufficient to carry a person 34 1 blasthole means a boring hole intended to be loaded with explosives 34 2 misfire means a blasthole loaded with explosives which did not fire 35 tunnel means an underground passage constructed without removing the material forming the vault and whose longitudinal axis makes an angle of 20 or less in relation to the horizontal 36 ULC means the Underwriters Laboratories of Canada 37 loading area means space that includes the place where workers load the drill holes drill holes loaded or being loaded and any space occupied by the material and equipment necessary for the loading 38 blasting area means a place or space that presents a projection or blast hazard to a person or where a hazard exists because of
98. d b have cross cleats if the slope exceeds 300 mm of vertical rise to each 2 4 m of horizontal run These cleats shall i be spaced at regular intervals not exceeding 450 mm and ii measure at least 25 mm x 50 mm nominal measurements 2 The requirements of subsection 1 do not apply to a ramp which is installed in the stairwell of a building 2 storeys or less inasmuch as the ramp a has a slope not exceeding 45 and b has cleats measuring 50 mm x 50 mm nominal measurements spaced at regular intervals not exceeding 300 mm R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 7 2 3 7 3 Platforms and other similar structures hooked to concrete forms shall be designed constructed and installed with respect to the work to be performed and the hazards involved These structures shall a be supported on solid foundations b be securely anchored at the rest point and c never be overloaded R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 7 3 3 8 Guardrails 3 8 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 8 1 O C 995 91 s 8 O C 1413 98 s 15 O C 35 2001 s 13 3 8 2 Resistance 1 A guardrail shall be designed to a resist a concentrated horizontal force of 900 N applied to any point of the top plate and b resist a concentrated vertical force of 450 N applied to any point of the top plate 2 Where there is a concentration of workers as well as other areas where a guardrail may be submitted to unusual pressures the guar
99. d H is the height of the supports of the transmission line or c the distance provided for in column 2 of the table in Schedule 2 3 O C 57 2015 s 32 4 5 Drilling 4 5 1 No drilling may be done closer than a 1 5 m from a misfire or blowout If necessary holes may be drilled closer but not less than 600 mm on condition that drilling is performed by remote control under supervision and that all precautions are taken to ensure the safety of workers should an explosion occur at the blasting face b 8 m from any loaded blasthole or explosive loading site Despite the foregoing a blasthole may be drilled closer than 8 m if adaptation to specific job sites conditions is required particularly for trench work or work in permafrost zones in unstable conditions The employer must then ensure that i loading and drilling are performed alternately ii the shot firer supervises and controls the drilling operations iii only cartridge explosives are used However if soil degradation does not allow for the insertion of cartridge explosives in the boring hole the shot firer may use a blasting agent to load the hole That method may not be used for more than 3 holes per blasting iv a carpenter s level is used to make sure that blastholes are vertical v the minimum distance from any loaded hole is 1 5 m or 20 of the hole depth to a maximum depth of 12 m using the greater distance between the two vi if the holes have a depth
100. d on the side of the roof in compliance with section 2 9 2 so as to cover the first 3 metres on either side of the access path s starting point and 7 installed so that the line is a located between 0 7 m above the work surface at the line s lowest point and 1 2 m above that surface at its highest point and b supported by stanchions placed at intervals of not more than 2 5 m c attached to each stanchion so that pushing on the line between 2 stanchions does not reduce the height of the line between adjacent stanchions by an equivalent amount O C 606 2014 s 5 2 10 Personal protective equipment 2 10 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 1 O C 1959 86 s 11 2 10 2 In areas where there is danger of contact with moving parts a clothes shall fit well and have no loose parts b necklaces bracelets or rings shall not be worn except for medical bracelets which shall remain fastened to the wrist and c long hair shall be tucked under a bonnet in the hat R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 2 2 10 3 Protection of head Any person on a construction site shall wear a certified safety hat in accordance with CSA Standard Z94 1 M 1977 Industrial Protective Headwear R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 3 2 10 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 4 O C 329 94 s 7 2 10 5 Protection of eyes and face Every worker must wear protective equipment that complies with the latest version of
101. d with an auger arm a basket and any other similar equipment and f the automatic warning horn must have a noise intensity that is superior to the noise of the equipment on which it is installed and have a distinct sound If the automatic warning horn is electric it must conform to SAE Standard J994b 1974 Performance Test and Application Criteria for Electrically Operated Backup Alarm Devices R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 12 3 10 13 Safety and protective devices 1 Moving parts of machines shall be protected by safety devices They shall be designed constructed and used so as a to ensure a positive protection and to prevent any access to the danger zone during their operation b not to hamper the operator c to operate automatically or with a minimum of effort d to allow easy maintenance and repair of the machine e not to have sharp edges asperities or burrs and to constitute a source of hazards and f to be solidly fixed 2 If moving parts are not protected due to their location or by suitable guards it shall be assured that a the projecting extremities of transmission shafts are protected by sleeves or sockets b the revolving collars are cylindrical and without projecting parts c the jet screws belts keys grease cups and other projections in revolving parts are flushed or covered to avoid any contact and d unused keyways are filled up or enclosed in a guard R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 13
102. descend This signal shall be given before men are permitted to enter on leave the hoisting conveyance It shall also be given in case a stop has been made at a level and men in the conveyance are to be hoisted or lowered to another level In all cases after the 3 bell signal has been given the conveyance shall not be moved until the signals to hoist or lower have been given 4 bells Blasting signal Hoistman shall answer by raising the bucket cage or skip a few feet and letting it back slowly Following a 4 bell signal only a 1 bell signal shall be required to signal for hoisting of men away from a blast and the hoistman shall remain at the controls until the act of hoisting has been completed 5 bells Release signal The hoistman may after receiving this signal act at his own discretion to perform any movement or series of movements involving the hoisting conveyance 9 bells Danger signal special cautionary To be given only in case of accident fire or other danger The signal for the level at which the emergency exists shall be given following the giving of the danger signal These signals shall be given on the voice communication system or the call system except in shaft sinking or at shaft stations which are not provided with such communication systems 2 The following method and order shall be observed in giving signals a strokes on the bell shall be made at regular intervals b when men are being hoisted or low
103. ding one year shall undergo another medical examination and he may not resume his work without having been found physically fit to do so R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 4 9 8 5 The physician shall at all times keep a a complete record of all examinations and b a record of any disease caused by decompression or of other diseases or injuries preventing any employee from working R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 5 9 8 6 The employer shall supply a medical lock when the site is more than 16 km from a hospital equipped for treating ailments caused by decompression R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 6 9 8 7 The medical lock shall a be divided into at least 2 compartments at least 1 8 m high in the middle b be located as near as possible from the working chamber c be ready for immediate use during the 5 hours following the exit of an employee from the working chamber http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 76 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry d be heated lighted and ventilated e be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition f be designed to support a pressure of 520 kPa 9 be equipped with an unbreakable bull s eye through which the occupants can be kept under constant surveillance h be equipped with internal controls and external override controls i be equipped with a pressure gauge to indicate the air pres
104. dle of the blasting switch automatically gravitates to the off position and short circuits the lead wires and ii the door of the box housing the blasting switch is provided with a device that prevents it from being locked or closed unless the blasting switch is in the off position The door must be kept locked except when firing and only the shot firer shall have the key c a fused switch is installed between the power source and the blasting switch d the fused switch and the blasting switch are situated in the proper place for blasting and at a distance of 1 5 to 1 8 m from each other as a precaution against lightning Underground they will be placed on either side of a tunnel or gallery R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 4 O C 1959 86 s 63 O C 57 2015 s 49 4 7 5 When blasting is done in the vicinity of a structure such as a building railway or road the employer must limit the quantity of explosives so that the vibrations caused by the blasting do not damage those structures To that end the employer must comply with the most stringent standards between those provided for in specifications designed for that purpose by a public authority and those provided for in blasting specifications signed and sealed by an engineer Failing such specifications the employer must comply with one of the standards provided for in Schedule 2 6 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 5 O C 1959 86 s 64 O C 57 2015 s 50 4 7 5
105. drail shall be reinforced accordingly 3 Where equipment or materials may fall from one work level to another precautions shall be taken to avoid this unless there is a guardrail strengthened for this purpose R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 8 2 3 8 3 Construction 1 Any guardrail shall be between 1 m and 1 2 m above the surface on which the worker is working 2 A wooden guardrail shall consist of a top plate not less than 40 mm thick by 90 mm wide supported on posts of the same dimension spaced at intervals of not more than 1 8 mm and placed so that the 90 mm width of the post is on the axis of the width of the top plate b an intermediate rail not less than 75 mm wide at midway and securely fastened to the inner side of the posts and c a toe board at least 90 mm high and securely fastened to the inner side of the posts 3 A guardrail of steel wire ropes shall be maintained rigid by means of a turn buckle and consist of a a wire rope at least 10 mm in diameter for the top rail and the intermediate rail b steel posts spaced at intervals of not more that 3 m and c a toe board of at least 90 mm high and securely fastened to the inner side of the posts R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 8 3 O C 329 94 s 42 3 8 4 Metal guardrails Metal guardrails shall be designed constructed installed and maintained in such a way as to offer a resistance and a safety equal or superior to that required for wooden gua
106. ds are fulfilled and if it has an equivalent strength 4 Any metallic cable shall a comply with the rules of the Hoisting and Rigging Safety Manual of the Construction Safety Association of Ontario translated by the Commission de la sant et de la s curit du travail and published by Les Publications du Qu bec b be made of a minimum of 6 strands of 19 wires c have a hemp core or an equivalent flexible core if the cable is wound around the hoisting drum in a single layer or a steel core in other cases and d be maintained in good condition by i following all the manufacturer s instructions http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 28 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry ii handling it in such a manner as to avoid any kink iii frequently applying an appropriate lubricant which will help keep it flexible and protect it from rust and iv using it only on pulleys or drums which are smooth and without any ragged edges 5 Unless a test shows that nowhere along the cable has the breaking point been lowered to less than 90 of the original point the hoisting cable shall be replaced if a 4 of the total number of wires in the cable are broken in one strand through the cable pitch approximately 6 1 2 times the diameter of the cable when used on a winding drum or 2 on a friction drum b the original diameter measured on an un
107. during the periods when the underground work site is not in operation R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 8 8 9 Hygiene 8 9 1 Underground work site Changing room and shower In every underground work site the employer must provide workers with a changing room located on the surface that complies with section 3 2 11 and a shower that complies with section 3 2 15 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 9 1 O C 393 2011 s 22 8 9 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 9 2 O C 393 2011 s 23 8 9 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 9 3 O C 393 2011 s 23 8 9 4 The employer shall put waterproof clothing at the disposal of any worker who works in an excessively damp zone R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 9 4 8 10 Lighting 8 10 1 Any worker shall carry a miner s lamp unless a fixed system of lighting is available in the underground work site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 10 1 8 10 2 Ifa fixed lighting system exists the lighting intensity shall be appropriate to the nature of the areas or to the work done in any place where persons work or circulate R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 10 2 8 10 3 Stairs and ladders in shafts shall be lighted from top to bottom and landings shall also be lighted R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 10 3 8 10 4 if workers do not have miner s lamps or portable lamps an emergency lighting system with an automatic relay shall be available in the u
108. e slope nature and stability of the ground A copy of the engineer s attestation shall be available on the construction site at all times Solid rock means rock that cannot be excavated otherwise than by blasting 2 The shoring shall extend 300 mm above the excavation except where the trench dug in on a public road and must be covered over to allow for the passage of traffic during periods when works are not in progress When the shoring consists of unjoined stays the 300 mm extension above the excavation shall be fitted with a plinth 300 mm wide 3 The banks shall be shored as the work progresses unless the shoring can be carried out before the digging 4 During the work the employer shall ensure that the walls are inspected and maintained so as to remove a rocks or materials liable to become detached therefrom b overhanging matter Where the banks have been subject to environmental or climatic stress inspections shall be more frequent 5 Itis prohibited a to place materials less than 1 2 m from the rim of the banks b to drive or park vehicles or machines less than 3 m from the rim of the banks unless reinforced shoring has been used c to let banks deteriorate 6 Shoring shall be removed by an experienced person or under his supervision a from the bottom upwards and b only in places to which workers no longer have access R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 3 O C 807 92 s 11 3 15 4 Means of access
109. e air lock shall be constantly at the controls when persons are in compressed air in the air lock R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 4 9 1 5 The employer shall not commence works before a having notified the Commission in writing b having submitted the drawings required in paragraph c of subsection 2 of section 2 4 1 as well as the specifications of the operations and c having obtained the written authorization of the Commission R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 5 O C 1959 86 s 78 9 1 6 The inspector may when visiting the site be accompanied by a public health physician R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 6 9 1 7 Before submitting any worker to compressed air the employer shall provide an air lock for each working chamber http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 73 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry KRKU 1Y61 C O 2 1 7 0 S Yds 9 1 8 Minimum age The minimum age for compressed air workers is 18 years R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 8 9 1 9 Acetylene shall not be used during work in compressed air R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 9 9 2 Hours of work and rest periods 9 2 1 The maximum working period as well as the ensuing minimum rest period shall be in accordance with Schedule 3 1 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 1 9 2 2 The working and rest periods shall be determined according to the max
110. e and the sampling to be carried out 4 the worker s rights and obligations 5 individual and common protective devices and equipment http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 47 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 6 the tasks to be carried out and the equipment and tools to be used 7 safe working methods and procedures 8 prevention and verification methods The information and training provided for in the first paragraph must have previously been established in writing O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 6 3 23 8 Before undertaking in a building work covered by this subdivision 1 all furniture shall be removed from the work area or protected by airtight film 2 all friable materials that contain asbestos and that are spread in the work area shall be removed in accordance with either of the following methods a after having wet those materials thoroughly b with a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 7 3 23 9 Friable materials that contain asbestos and that are likely to be spread shall be kept thoroughly wetted for the duration of the work except where the procedure may create a danger to the health safety and physical integrity of the worker and where the danger cannot be eliminated by another means O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 7 3 23 9 1 Before moving kilns boiler
111. e loaded in conformity with the engineer s plans or the manufacturer s manual which must identify the loading zones 8 have masts anchored at the height and using an anchoring system in conformity with the engineer s plans or the manufacturer s manual 9 be equipped with an anchoring system designed for that purpose in conformity with the engineer s plans or the manufacturer s manual when safety tarpaulins are installed and 10 be used by workers trained to a identify and prevent the hazards associated with the erection dismantling and use of the scaffolding and b work on the platform safely O C 119 2008 s 7 3 9 23 Pump jack scaffold In addition to the standards prescribed in section 3 9 22 every pump jack scaffold shall 1 be designed to support in addition to the dead weight 3 times the maximum load allowed without damage to any of its components 2 be used by not more than 2 workers at the same time between 2 masts 3 have masts made out of a material other than wood 4 be equipped with jacks designed to prevent any accidental slippage of the platform alongside the masts and 5 when the work platform passes in front of an intermediate anchoring point be equipped with a new anchor installed one and a half metres under the platform before removing the intermediate anchoring O C 119 2008 s 7 3 9 24 Winch scaffolding In addition to the standards prescribed in section 3 9 22 every winch scaffolding shall
112. e started only when the ventilation system starts to operate again R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 17 O C 885 2001 s 377 3 10 18 Repairs Before beginning repairs all raised parts shall be well blocked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 18 3 10 19 Long loads When a load extends more than 900 mm from the rear of a truck the end of the load shall be indicated by a a square red flag during the day at least 300 mm along its sides or b a flashing amber light at night R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 19 3 11 Temporary heating 3 11 1 Any equipment providing a temporary heating supply system shall be safely installed and operated R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 1 3 11 2 It is prohibited to use a heating system which burns gasoline or naphtha R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 2 3 11 3 Any oil or fuel or gas heating system with the exception of those where the flame is in direct contact with the air shall have a vent pipe R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 3 3 11 4 Any fuel fired heating system shall be a so located protected and used that there is no risk of igniting i tarpaulins or any other similar temporary shelter or http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 37 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry ii wood or any other combustible material adjacent thereto b used in an enclo
113. ec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 44 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry i it is forbidden to leave without protection any wall chimney or other structural part which might collapse under the effect of wind or vibrations i the demolition site shall be constantly inspected during the course of the works to prevent any eventual accident and k sand layers shall be used to break the fall of materials that pose a danger to the health and safety of workers 3 Removal and transportation of debris shall be carried out in the manner described in section 3 2 2 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 18 2 O C 329 94 s 68 3 18 3 Mechanical method of demolition Demolition by smashing walls or floors with a swinging weight mechanical shovel or other similar equipment shall be carried out according to the following provisions a the section which is to be mechanically demolished shall not be higher than 25 m from the ground b whenever the equipment is in operation access to the section to be demolished is prohibited to all workers except the operators of that equipment c if the public has access to the part to be demolished a protective wall shall be placed around the building at a distance at least equal to 1 5 times the height of the part to be demolished or if the public does not have access thereto a demolition zone shall be marked off around the building by hazard sign
114. eeds unity R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 4 2 10 7 5 Corrective measures The employer shall comply with the standards established in sections 2 10 7 1 to 2 10 7 4 by taking the measures indicated below in the following order a by reducing the noise at its source b by isolating any work location exposed to the noise When in taking the measures presented in the first paragraph the employer cannot comply with the standards prescribed in sections 2 10 7 1 to 2 10 7 4 or until the changes required by the first paragraph are made the employer shall provide workers with hearing protectors or limit the exposure time of workers as part of an audiometric testing program R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 5 2 10 7 6 Hearing protectors Any hearing protector provided by an employer to a worker in accordance with the second paragraph of section 2 10 7 5 shall reduce the noise so that the worker is no longer exposed to noises exceeding the standards established in sections 2 10 7 1 to 2 10 7 4 Such a hearing protector must comply with CAN CSA Standard 294 2 Hearing Protection Devices Performance Selection Care and Use applicable at the time of its manufacture The hearing protector must be disinfected before being used by another worker R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 6 O C 329 94 s 11 O C 393 2011 s 5 2 10 7 7 Posting of notices When a worker is exposed to noises that exceed the standards establ
115. eet is not restricted R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 7 8 7 8 Any travelway in an underground work site shall be provided with shelter spaces a if the travelway does not have when a piece of equipment travels on tracks or by any other guided system a minimum free space of 500 mm between the widest part of the machinery and the wall of each side of the equipment or a free space of 600 mm on one side of the equipment b if the width of the travelway does not exceed the width of the equipment not travelling on tracks by at least 1 5 m R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 8 8 7 9 The shelter spaces shall a have a free space of 750 mm and have a height of 1 8 m or be the height of the travelway if it is less than 1 8 m b be clearly indicated c be at maximum intervals of 30 m and d be free of any obstruction R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 9 8 8 Loading and transportation 8 8 1 Pneumatic equipment shall be equipped with a valve which cuts the air supply to the machine and this valve shall be kept closed when the equipment is not in operation R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 1 8 8 2 if shelter spaces are required self propelled vehicles shall reduce speed to walking speed and they shall sound a warning when they approach a workers or a work zone or b a zone where visibility is limited R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 8 2 8 8 3 Any locomotive shall be equipped with a alarm signals
116. ehicle primarily or regularly used for the transportation of workers shall a be provided with handholds steps and other accessories so placed and arranged that the workers can safely get in or out of the vehicle b be provided with a device by which passengers can communicate with the driver when the driver s compartment is separated from the passengers compartment c never transport a number of passengers that may jeopardize the safe driving of the vehicle or the safety of passengers and d have the floor and the interior space reserved for passengers in good condition and free from nails screws splinters and other objects likely to be injurious to passengers 2 Trucks and buses primarily or regularly used for the transportation of workers shall be a constructed and accommodated for that purpose b provided with seats or benches firmly secured in place c covered with a roof and protected on the sides with solid walls having a minimum height of 1 2 m d provided with 2 Bengal flares or 2 flashing lights In case of a break down on the road or within 3 m of the road one of these devices shall be placed 30 m in front of the vehicle and the other one 30 m behind e provided with a portable fire extinguisher in compliance with section 3 4 4 of this Code The driver shall have the necessary knowledge concerning the type of fire extinguisher with which the trucks and buses are equipped and how it is operated f provided w
117. ended scaffolding shall also conform to the standard mentioned in subsection 2 with he necessary modifications The winch of the scaffolding shall be fitted with at least 2 independent braking devices including one automatic brake that shall serve only for that purpose R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 16 O C 807 92 s 4 O C 606 2014 s 12 3 9 17 Boatswain s chair 1 Any boatswain s chair shall a be prohibited to persons under 18 years of age b be built of material able to support 115 kg with a safety factor of 4 c be not less than 600 mm wide and 250 mm deep d be suspended from a hoisting ring by a metallic structure or by means of slings at the 4 corners and crossing beneath the seat and e be equipped with http ww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 29 87 8 9 2015 i ii iii iv v 2 3 Safety Code for the construction industry retaining devices preventing any swaying stirrups so as to avoid numbness of the legs subparagraph revoked a back and reinforcement blocks at each corner which extend at least 230 mm beyond the front of the chair The boatswain s chair shall conform to CAN3 Z271 M84 Safety Code for Suspended Powered Platforms with the necessary modifications Where the boatswain s chair is moved by means of a manually operated winch that winch must be equipped with at least 2 independent braking devices
118. ent against Falls Anchor devices published by the European Committee for Standardization or with CAN CSA Standard 2259 15 Anchorage Connectors 2 a flexible continuous anchorage system horizontal life line with one of the following characteristics a in compliance with the following minimum standards i a steel cable of a minimum diameter of 12 mm slackened to a minimum angle of 1 vertical to 12 horizontal or 5 from horizontal ii a maximum distance of 12 m between the end anchors iii end anchors with a breaking strength of at least 90 kN iv not to be used by more than 2 workers at a time b designed and installed in accordance with an engineer s plan in compliance with CSA Standard 2259 13 Flexible Horizontal Lifeline Systems and CSA Standard 2259 16 Design of Active Fall Protection Systems 3 a rigid continuous anchorage system designed and installed in accordance with an engineer s plan in compliance with CSA Standard 2259 16 Design of Active Fall Protection Systems An anchorage system 1 must be designed so that the D ring of the suspension point of a worker s safety harness cannot be moved horizontally by more than 3 m or an angle of 22 2 cannot be used by more than 1 person at a time except in the case of a continuous anchorage system such as a horizontal life line or a rigid anchorage system such as a rail and 3 must be designed so that properly attached personal protective equipment cannot be
119. ent as soon as possible before the beginning of wrecking work such emergency must be proven by the principal contractor Wrecking of any prestressed or poststressed concrete slab or structure shall be made according to a method approved by an engineer qualified in the field 2 Where mechanical wrecking is used the notice must include the power of the machine weight of the wrecking ball space reserved for debris successive wrecking steps restrictions from and agreements with public utilities 3 The consumer supply mains for water gas and electricity and the other services shall be cut off at the place and in the way specified by the authorities involved These service mains shall be relocated to avoid any damage and shall not constitute a hazard for workers and the public 4 Any building or part of building in demolition shall be solidly braced or supported to avoid any collapse which could be dangerous for the workers 5 Provision shall be made for the necessary supports with respect to adjoining properties in order to ensure their stability and to avoid any collapse 6 Any glass shall be removed from outside openings prior to any demolition operations 7 Any sidewalk or street running alongside a demolition site shall be isolated from the latter by a covered sidewalk closed on the demolition side as stipulated in section 2 7 2 However this covered sidewalk may be replaced by a barrier if this sidewalk or street is located at a dista
120. ent to the certificate issued under this Division is not required to undergo the examination provided for in subparagraph c of the first paragraph R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 3 O C 1959 86 s 34 O C 1279 98 s 2 O C 57 2015 s 14 4 2 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 4 O C 1959 86 s 35 O C 57 2015 s 15 4 2 5 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 5 O C 1959 86 s 36 O C 57 2015 s 15 4 2 6 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 6 O C 1959 86 s 37 O C 57 2015 s 15 4 2 7 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 7 O C 1959 86 s 38 4 2 8 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 8 O C 1959 86 s 38 4 2 9 The Commission may suspend or revoke a certificate if the shot firer a has been the subject in his or her work of a remedial order under section 182 of the Act respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 or of an order under section 186 of that Act by reason of his or her refusal to comply with the Act or this Regulation b is found guilty of an offence under section 236 of the Act respecting occupational health and safety in relation to this Division c no longer holds a general permit issued under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 The Commission must notify the shot firer in writing of the suspension or revocation of the certificate R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 9 O C 1959 86 s 39 O C 57 20
121. entration of toxic vapours or gases fumes dusts or other harmful or toxic substances to a level lower than limits permitted under section 2 10 8 the employer shall provide the worker with the respiratory protective equipment specified in the Guide des appareils de protection respiratoire utilis s au Qu bec published by the Institut de recherche Robert Sauv en sant et en s curit du travail The apparatuses referred to in the first subparagraph shall prior to use by another worker be disinfected in compliance with CSA Standard Z94 4 93 Selection Use and Care of Respirators The employer may not provide self contained or air supplied protective breathing apparatus equipped with an automatic device which interrupts or restricts the air supply in the part of the apparatus covering the face R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 9 O C 1960 86 s 1 O C 329 94 s 12 O C 885 2001 s 367 2 10 10 Protection of hands 1 Mittens or gloves shall be worn in the handling of sharp edged objects or objects with abrasive or rough surfaces or of corrosive poisonous or other substances which present similar risks 2 It is forbidden to wear mittens or gloves in the handling of mechanized apparatus except where there is a risk of frostbite In such a case they shall a permit proper manipulation of the apparatus and b be easily removable 3 The worker using a power saw chain saw shall wear a safety mitten on the hand holding the up
122. er and that is used for purposes other than the hoisting of loads and to a cable mobile crane that is used to carry out the following foundation work including all handling work required to that end pile driving installation of drilled or excavated caissons installation of sheet piling setting up of shoring devices below grade work drilling of tie rods or anchors and ground improvement techniques such as dynamic compacting and vibroflotation 7 In this section load indicating device means a device that measures and displays to the crane operator s sight the weight of the load hoisted by the crane dispositif indicateur de charge load moment system means a device that gathers information relating to the load hoisted by the crane and that transmits signals warning the operator that the crane is nearing its limiting conditions contr leur d tat de charge rated capacity limiter means a system that prevents a crane from hoisting and moving a load higher than its limiting conditions and that consists of a load moment system and a device acting on the movements of the crane so that they do not exceed the load rating chart of the crane dispositif limitateur de charge O C 35 2001 s 10 2 15 7 3 A mobile crane with a luffing boom transformed and used for purposes other than the hoisting of loads such as a shovel a dragging bucket a clamshell bucket or a pile hammer shall be equipped with a bumpers or boom stops a
123. erect or dismantle an electrical transformer station a telecommunications tower or a power line tower used for electric power transportation or distribution O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 2 Signalmen and telecommunications system A telecommunications system used by a signalman who guides a maneuver under subsection 2 of section 3 10 5 must be bidirectional hands free and transmit on a radio frequency dedicated exclusively to the work in progress The work in progress must be interrupted in case of telecommunications system failure O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 3 Means of access The means of access provided for in Subdivisions 3 5 and 3 6 must be installed so that horizontal movements of workers on trusses beams and joists do not exceed 30 m O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 4 Rescue following a fall Within 12 months after 5 May 2011 the employer must before the beginning of the work 1 develop and test a rescue procedure that allows the rescue within 15 minutes of a worker who following a fall is suspended in a safety harness 2 provide the equipment necessary for the implementation of the rescue procedure 3 ensure that if rescue is effected on ropes the equipment used a complies with one of the following standards i Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components NFPA 1983 as it applies when the ropes are manufactured ii Safety Requirements for Assisted Rescue and Self Rescue Systems Subsystems and Compone
124. ered signals shall be given in the order designated 1st cautionary signal 2nd destination signal 3rd executive signal 3 The hoistman shall delay briefly before moving the hoisting conveyance after receiving a signal designating a movement at any time that men are carried In case he is unable to act within one minute of the time he has received any complete signal he shall not move the hoisting conveyance until he has again received another complete signal 4 When a hoistman has received a 3 bell signal he shall remain at the hoist controls until he has received the signal designating the movement required and has http Awww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 83 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry compieted tnat movement Aer ne nas commenced tne movement ne Snail COMplete it WITNOUT Interruption UNIESS ne receives a Stop signal or in Case OT emergency R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 4 SCHEDULE 5 s 10 4 3 PORTABLE GUARDRAILS R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 5 O C 995 91 s 13 SCHEDULE 5 1 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 5 1 O C 995 91 s 13 SCHEDULE 5 2 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 5 2 O C 995 91 s 13 SCHEDULE 5 3 Replaced R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 5 3 O C 995 91 s 13 SCHEDULE 6 s 3 24 18 The right beam column supporting bracket will have its upper par
125. ers Manual published in 1995 by the Explosives Regulatory Division of Natural Resources Canada REFERENCES R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Decision 83 11 17 1984 G O 2 849 O C 21 85 1985 G O 2 331 O C 1959 86 1987 G O 2 188 O C 428 2015 2015 G O 2 1001 S Q 1986 c 89 s 50 O C 1960 86 1987 G O 2 202 S Q 1988 c 23 s 73 O C 53 90 1990 G O 2 333 O C 54 90 1990 G O 2 335 O C 995 91 1991 G O 2 2913 O C 807 92 1992 G O 2 2869 O C 213 93 1993 G O 2 1757 O C 329 94 1994 G O 2 1335 O C 1279 98 1998 G O 2 4259 O C 1413 98 1998 G O 2 4441 O C 459 99 1999 G O 2 1115 O C 35 2001 2001 G O 2 1035 O C 885 2001 2001 G O 2 3888 O C 873 2003 2003 G O 2 2729 O C 119 2008 2008 G O 2 682 O C 425 2010 2010 G O 2 1313 O C 391 2011 2011 G O 2 970 O C 393 2011 2011 G O 2 975 O C 476 2013 2013 G O 2 1255 O C 606 2014 2014 G O 2 1413 O C 57 2015 2015 G O 2 94 O C 428 2015 2015 G O 2 1001 S Q 2015 c 13 ss 15 and 16 O C 513 2015 2015 G O 2 1086 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 87 87
126. erson is in the intermediate air lock the air pressure shall be uniformly applied and shall not exceed 35 kPa during the first 2 minutes of application b the pressure shall not be raised to more than 35 kPa until it has been ascertained that any person in the air lock is free from discomfort due to air pressure and c the air pressure may then be raised in the air lock at a rate not exceeding 35 kPa per minute subject to the condition stipulated in paragraph b R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 7 9 2 8 Decompression procedure 1 The employer shall ensure that no worker goes from his place of work to atmospheric pressure without going through decompression in the intermediate air lock 2 The decompression procedure shall be as follows a when the maximum pressure is under 40 kPa the pressure shall be reduced at a rate not exceeding 35 kPa per minute b when the maximum pressure is 40 kPa or more the pressure shall be reduced in 3 stages as follows i the first stage shall be a reduction from maximum pressure to one half maximum pressure at a rate not exceeding 35 kPa per minute ii the second stage shall be a reduction from one half maximum pressure to 1 4 maximum pressure at a rate not exceeding 14 kPa per minute and iii the third stage shall be a reduction from 1 4 maximum pressure to atmospheric pressure at a rate not exceeding A 3 5 kPa per minute when the maximum pressure is not over 140 kPa or B 1 7 kPa per minute when
127. erworks a sewer an electrical transmission or distribution line or gas pipeline the Commission must be informed in writing by telex telegram or messenger of the particulars prescribed in subsection 1 1 as soon as possible where such work involves 10 or more workers No notice is required where such work involves fewer than 10 workers 1 3 For demolition work ordered by the public fire prevention senice in the interests of public safety the Commission must be informed in writing by telex telegram or messenger of the particulars prescribed in subsection 1 1 at least 6 hours before the work begins 2 Before work mentioned hereunder begins the employer shall send to the Commission all plans including the installation and disassembling procedures signed and sealed by an engineer of the manufacturer respecting a the shoring of an excavation or trench 6 m or deeper b the shoring of concrete formwork c any work which has to be done in compressed air and respecting the air lock d any wood scaffolding 9 m or more in height e any metal scaffolding 18 m or more in height f any outrigger scaffolding or suspended outrigger scaffolding extending out more than 2 4 m from the finished face of a building g any temporary runway or platform designed to support workers and that is part of the forms h any platform bucket or basket attached to a hoisting device for the transport of persons i any scaffolding used or inst
128. es the depot and explosives in kilograms 1 2 3 in kilograms 50 23 23 9 50 100 23 32 11 100 200 26 52 14 200 250 30 60 15 250 300 34 68 16 300 400 41 82 18 400 500 47 94 19 500 600 53 105 20 600 800 65 130 23 800 1 000 75 150 24 1 000 1 500 100 200 27 1 500 2 000 120 240 30 2 000 2 500 135 270 32 2 500 3 000 150 300 34 3 000 4 000 175 350 38 4 000 5 000 190 380 41 5 000 6 000 200 400 44 6 000 7 000 210 420 46 7 000 10 000 240 480 52 10 000 15 000 270 540 59 15 000 20 000 300 600 66 20 000 25 000 320 640 70 25 000 30 000 340 680 74 30 000 40 000 380 760 82 40 000 50 000 410 820 88 50 000 75 000 470 940 100 75 000 100 000 525 1 050 110 100 000 125 000 558 1 115 120 125 000 150 000 588 1 175 128 150 000 References respecting the Table of Distances in Schedule 2 3 1 any outdoor meeting place road railroad or waterway except a road leading to the depot 2 any building or any other depot 3 any other depot surrounded by dikes Remark For computing the distance a 1 300 detonators or 150 detonating relays are equal to 1 kg of explosives b except for the depot for detonators and detonating relays 2 depots placed side by side may be considered as a single depot having a capacity equal to the total capacity of both depots http Awww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 81 87 8 9 2015 SCHEDULE 2 4 Revoked Safety Code for the constr
129. etic energy of not more than 33 joules measured at a distance between 1 99 to 2 01 m from the mouth of the tool 29 1 asbestos dust means airborne asbestos particles or deposited asbestos particles liable to become airborne in the work area 30 shaft means a passage dug underground whose longitudinal axis makes an angle greater than 20 with the horizontal 31 scaling means an action provoking the fall of rocks which tend to become separated from a partition wall or a vault 31 01 SAE means the Society of Automotive Engineers 31 1 boatswain s chair means a seat designed for a worker supported by slings or by a structure and suspended from a cable fixed to an anchoring point 32 hazard signs means a yellow orange or red rigid strip such as a trestle or flexible strip at least 70 mm wide and installed according to the configuration of the land or of the structure at a height varying between 0 7 m and 1 2 m 33 paragraph revoked 33 1 flushing toilet means a toilet having the following features a the bowl has a hatch or a siphon which separates it physically and visually from the drain pipe or the processing tank b waste is purged from the bowl toward the sewer system or into the processing tank by means of a device causing a flow of water or chemicals 33 2 chemical toilet means a toilet without a bowl in which waste falls directly into a tank containing a chemical produ
130. examine the vault heading face partition walls of each work area and travelways for workers or equipment R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 2 8 2 3 Overhanging masses and materials liable to fall off from the banks during the work shall be cut down or shored up immediately R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 3 8 2 4 Scaling bars shall be a of an appropriate length so as to work safely and efficiently b pointed at one end and c equipped with a protector for hands R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 4 8 2 5 Workers who check or scale earth liable of falling shall a proceed by starting from solid ground b place their feet in a firm stance and c have enough free space to allow get away R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 5 8 2 6 Equipment placed at the disposal of workers for scaling shall be designed so as not to endanger them R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 6 8 2 7 Pieces of timber or steel shotcrete or other supports necessary for shoring shall be put into place quickly and solidly R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 7 8 2 8 Damaged or dislocated supports shall be repaired or replaced without delay and new supports shall be put into place if possible before the damaged supports are removed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 8 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 67 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction i
131. explosion or fire within 8 m from any place where explosives are present R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 7 O C 1959 86 s 31 O C 57 2015 s 8 4 1 8 An employer must ensure that a explosives are handled and used in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions b explosives that are brought on the site correspond to the quantities required to carry out the blasting for one workday c explosives not used to carry out blasting are stored in a depot designed for that purpose d explosives are not transported by hand at the same time as detonators or other blasting accessories R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 8 O C 1959 86 s 32 O C 57 2015 s 9 4 1 9 When there is a risk of accidental blasting by electric induction caused notably by a radio frequency transmitter or a power line the employer must favour a non electrical priming method If the employer nonetheless carries out blasting using an electrical priming method the employer must take all the safety measures required including the following a inform the Commission before the work begins of the safety measures agreed upon with public utilities where the blasting is near a power line of 125 000 V or more b place 300 m around the loading area signs requiring drivers to turn off the radio transmitter of their vehicle c isolate electrical circuits and make sure that the detonator leg wires are twisted together when the detonator is inserted in the
132. folding shall conform to the instructions of the manufacturer The tubes or runners shall be assembled in such a way that when they are taken down whatever remains of the scaffolding will not constitute a hazard R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 20 3 9 21 Suspended scaffolding used by bricklayers Any suspended scaffolding for the use of bricklayers shall a be attached to an outrigger beam capable of withstanding at least 4 times the maximum utilization load without exceeding the allowable stress of the materials used This outrigger beam shall in addition to be conform to section 3 9 15 be solidly fixed in one of the following ways i ii ii b c i ii ii a i ii ii e by an anchorage to the concrete slab on which it rests between 2 concrete slabs by beams or columns braced perpendicular to the vertical and horizontal planes to the beams of the metal framework in addition to conforming to paragraphs a and c of subsection 1 of section 3 9 16 have a wooden guardrail as specified in Subdivision 3 8 include hoisting apparatus in sufficient number and assembled so that the safety factor of the cables is always more than 10 attached 2 by 2 to the same outrigger beam and equipped with a double safety device which continually locks the winch against any reverse motion and with cables which conform to section 3 9 13 include a platform in conformity with section 3 9 8 made of pieces of wood 5
133. for the removal of debris shall be boarded up i stairways and ramps shall be kept as long as possible and k Subdivision 3 1 applies even when demolition works are suspended 2 Demolition works shall be done with the following provisions a demolition work shall proceed systematically from the roof down to the ground unless another demolition procedure has been approved by an engineer b demolition and cleaning of a storey shall be finished before its supports give way or are removed c the steel frame may be left in place during demolition of the masonry However any material shall be removed from the framework as the removal of the masonry progresses d no beam column or other structural part may be cut or separated from the others without having been previously separated from all supported loads e solid shores for the remaining structure shall be provided during the removal of masonry or concrete floors Plankings or walkways shall be provided for workers and the area below such work closed to workers f masonry shall be demolished in reasonably level layers and not in large masses so as to avoid affecting the solidity of the structure and its supports 9 cornices and other projections shall be supported until removed h no worker shall stand on any wall pier or chimney unless scaffolding is provided on any side at a distance not exceeding 3 m below the level at which he is working http ww2 publicationsduq ueb
134. form to section 3 9 15 and d be equipped with a brake or equivalent device capable of supporting the maximum working load of the apparatus and of automatically stopping it during an http ww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 3 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 35 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry interruption of the hoisting movement 2 The hoisting cable shall always be in good condition and never used as a sling 3 In order to protect workers from falling when they work to pull loads onto a floor at platform level one or several measures provided for in subparagraphs 1 to 4 of the second paragraph of section 2 9 1 must be taken 4 The projection on the ground level of the space used for hoisting operations the loading area and the hoisting mechanism area shall be encircled by a barrier and forbidden to any worker other than the one doing the loading R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 9 O C 329 94 s 54 O C 35 2001 s 20 3 10 9 1 A material hoist manufactured before 1987 shall comply with the Safety Code for Material Hoists CSA 2256 1972 Rev 1977 A material hoist manufactured as of 1987 shall comply with the Safety Code for Material Hoists CAN CSA Z256 M87 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 9 1 O C 329 94 s 55 3 10 10 Cabin 1 Ifthe operator of motorized equipment runs the risks of being injured by flying objects or by falling objects or material a
135. g brake Guy support and anchorage systems Hoisting rope attachments hook and safety latch Slings and rigging Grounding Noise and running order Cab locking Structure welds deformations joints etc Load limit switch Safety belt Lanyard Fire extinguisher TRAVELLING CRANE Rails gauge levelling and anchorage Rails and longitudinal sleepers splices Rails electrical junction grounding End stops and buffers Travel switches limit 10 test 11 12 13 field inspection or repair 14 15 NAME 16 86 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry SU BLECtric power Cable re es Rail clamps 32 Carriage ballast 33 Travelling brakes 34 Railroad cluttering Bo Water drainage or snow removal Sheet 2 Crane No Serial No Make and Model TOWER CRANE Monthly inspection for the month of 20 POINT POINT 36 Brake adjustment wear 45 Other electrical devices visual inspection ST Counterweight fastening and supports 46 Bolting 38 Thorough verification of ropes and attachments 47 Guarding of moving parts 39 Drums sheaves and bearings 48 Handles steps and safety line 40 Crown and pinion 49 Footbridges guardrail and ladders 41 Wheels and bearings trolley 50 Operator s seat 42 Junction box waterproofness DLs Hoisting rope attachment hook and safety latch 43 Contactors visual inspection re Slings and rigging accessories 44 Motors wiring cabling visual inspection INSPECTED BY FU
136. gineer 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 4 1 Revoked 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 4 2 O C 393 2011 s 19 6 5 Bearing surface 6 5 1 R R Q The bearing surface shall be level and firm 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 5 1 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 62 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 6 5 2 The size of the sills shall be determined by taking into account the bearing capacity of the soil and the imposed loads R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 5 2 6 5 3 A sill shall be installed between the posts and the soil surface To ensure continuity of the sills a piece of the same section as the sill and of sufficient length to support at least 2 posts shall be used over the joint If it is impossible to ensure such continuity the sill shall support at least 3 posts and shall be at least equal in length to the number of posts multiplied by their spacing R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 5 3 6 5 4 If the shores rest on concrete slabs the loads due to the shoring of the upper floors shall not exceed the initial design loads For slabs a 100 mm thick or less the sill shall support a minimum of 3 posts and shall be at least equal in length to the number of posts multiplied by their spacing b more than 100 mm thick wooden pieces covering more than the entire telescoping jack flange area shall be used between the slab and the
137. han 150 mm R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 6 1 3 6 2 Construction a 2 Stairs and landings shall be designed and constructed to safely support a live load of 4 8 kN m Stairs shall have a uniform treads and risers in any one flight b a vertical distance between landings or floors not exceeding 3 6 m c an angle of rise not exceeding 50 from the horizontal and d guardrails in accordance with Subdivision 3 8 and securely fastened and supported on the open sides of the stairs and landings R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 6 2 3 6 3 Steel frame stairs In addition to the requirements of section 3 6 2 skeleton steel stairs shall have temporary treads and landings a of contiguous planking extending the full width and breadth of these elements and b be securely fastened in place R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 6 3 3 6 4 Temporary stairs 1 Outside of buildings temporary stairs shall have a steps with a width of at least 500 mm b a maximum slope of 55 c landings with a depth of at least 500 mm d a handrail and e uniform steps in the same flight 2 Inside buildings temporary stairs shall have a width of at least 750 mm or at least equal to that of the permanent stairs to be installed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 6 4 3 7 Temporary ramps runways and platforms 3 7 1 Temporary ramps runways and platforms other than scaffolding platfo
138. he blasthole to prevent a possible settlement of the load prior to make final connections c main fuses are connected to detonating fuses at right angles d when priming a detonating fuse with a detonator the end with the explosive charge is set in the same direction as the expected shock wave e no detonating relay is placed in a blasthole f the shot firer has visually checked all the connections g the firing point of the detonating fuse must be located outside the surface covered by the blasting mats h the detonator used for starting the detonating fuse must be set in place only once the covering operations have been completed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 15 O C 1959 86 s 59 O C 57 2015 s 43 4 6 16 Blending of ANFO The blending of ammonium nitrate and fuel oil or of other nitrocarbonitrates must not be carried out unless a licence has been granted or written permission given under the Explosives Act R S C 1985 c E 17 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 16 O C 1959 86 s 60 4 6 17 When explosives in bulk are loaded a semiconductor loading hose must be used and the loading equipment must be grounded according to the manufacturer s instructions R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 17 O C 1959 86 s 60 O C 57 2015 s 44 4 6 18 Unloading and refiring It is prohibited to unload or clean out a blasthole or a misfire If the starting operation or refiring is impracticable the explos
139. he employer may a sound the 15 second signal b remove the blasting mats as soon as possible after the end of blasting c excavate blasting debris R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 8 2 O C 1959 86 s 68 O C 57 2015 s 56 4 8 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 8 3 O C 1959 86 s 69 O C 57 2015 s 57 4 8 4 When it is found that a defect in the electrical circuit has prevented the charges from detonating at time of firing the shot firer may immediately check over the circuit after having made sure that a the ends of the lead wires are disconnected from the power supply and short circuited b the blasting machine is locked or under a worker s surveillance and c if used the blasting switch is locked and in open circuit R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 8 4 4 9 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sd 4 9 O C 57 2015 s 58 4 9 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 9 1 O C 1959 86 s 70 O C 57 2015 s 58 4 9 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 9 2 O C 1959 86 s 71 O C 57 2015 s 58 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 60 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 4 9 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 9 3 O C 1959 86 s 71 O C 57 2015 s 58 DIVISION V WORK IN THE PROXIMITY OF ELECTRICAL LINES 5 1 Scope 5 1 1 This Division applies
140. he explosives in a way that reduces the risk of ignition to a minimum Despite the first paragraph it is prohibited to transport diesel fuel gasoline or other flammable products with explosives O C 57 2015 s 17 4 3 2 During loading and unloading the employer must ensure that the driver is accompanied by a person who is responsible for watching over the explosives R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 2 O C 1959 86 s 40 O C 57 2015 s 18 4 3 3 Where detonators are transported with explosives the employer must make sure that they are stored separately in a compartment of the vehicle that is completely closed and does not communicate with the part of the vehicle that contains the explosives The compartment wall that separates the detonators from the explosives must be as high as the roof and be made of solid wood 150 mm thick or of a material that prevents the explosion of the detonators for at least 1 hour in case of fire R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 3 O C 1959 86 s 41 O C 57 2015 s 19 4 3 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 4 O C 1959 86 s 42 O C 57 2015 s 20 4 3 5 Every vehicle transporting explosives must be equipped with 2 portable fire extinguishers graded and classified 4 A 40 B C and complying with the standards in section 3 4 4 The employer must ensure that the driver is capable of using the fire extinguishers R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 5 O C 1959 86 s 42
141. he motor shaft and the total quantity of fresh air necessary when several of these machines are in operation at the same time shall be A 100 ofthe given supply for the most stringent unit from the point of view of ventilation B 75 of the given supply for the second unit and C 50 of the given supply for each additional unit d the fresh air supply as specified in paragraphs a b and c shall be increased where applicable until the concentration of impurities in the air is reduced to the permissible value indicated in Schedule to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 1 O C 885 2001 s 377 8 3 2 The test samples of the fresh air supply for concentration of carbon monoxide nitrogen dioxide or other noxious gases in an underground work site shall be performed as often as necessary but at least 2 times each day and one of these one hour after the beginning of operations All test results shall be compiled and made available for the inspector s examination R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 2 8 3 3 Ventilators shall a operate at all times when workers are in the underground work site and if ventilators are stopped while the underground work site is unoccupied they shall be put into operation for a sufficient period of time prior to the beginning of operations in order to ensure proper ventilation b be placed in constructions of fireproof materials and c be e
142. iators used on construction sites R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 7 O C 1413 98 s 19 3 11 8 The installation of solid fuel heating equipment including the mounting clearances and air supply of such equipment must comply with CAN CSA Standard B365 Installation Code for Solid Fuel Burning Appliances and Equipment R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 8 O C 606 2014 s 18 3 11 9 Hot air and air retake ducts shall be constructed with non flammable material and be sufficiently supported R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 9 3 12 Steam supply 3 12 1 Supplying of steam shall be done by means of equipments safely installed and put into operation R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 12 1 3 12 2 Steam supply lines shall be clearly identified R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 12 2 3 12 3 No one shall disconnect or repair a section of a steam line under pressure before ensuring that all precautions have been taken to prevent any hazard from occurring R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 12 3 3 12 4 Any steamhose of a pile driving engine shall be held back by a steel cable or chain to avoid any whiplash R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 12 4 3 12 5 Any steam supply system shall be insulated or protected so that no worker comes into contact with the piping R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 12 5 3 13 Compressed gas supply 3 13 1 The piping through which compressed air or gas circulates shall be protected against
143. ies with CAN3 Z11 M81 Portable Ladders except to the extent that the standard is modified by this subdivision that it is not used near an exposed electrical circuit when it is made of metal or is metal reinforced that its legs are fully spread and that the retaining device is locked and 23 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry d that the top and the rest are not used as a step R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 7 O C 329 94 s 40 3 5 8 As long as the permanent or temporary stairways are not finished or ready to be used ladders shall be utilized and kept in good condition R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 8 3 5 9 Ladders shall a be set aside until repaired when one of their parts is broken or defective b not be repaired by using splice pieces or binding and c be stored away and protected against bad weather in a dry place R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 9 3 6 Stairs 3 6 1 Any building under construction shall be provided with 2 means of egress by means of permanent or temporary stairs which shall a be built for the entire height from the ground or underground to the working level as soon as the work has attained a height of 2 storeys or 6 m above ground b be extended as work progresses without adversely affecting construction work c never be extended at less than 2 storeys from the upper working level and d be built of steps with a depth more t
144. imiting device 14 Greasing and lubrication t9 Cab locking SWING AND HOISTS 16 Brakes clutches and controls a Pawls ratchets and locking devices BOOM AND JIB Summary visual inspection 18 Pins cotter pins and hinge pins 19 Boom stop 20 Oil and hoses hydraulic boom ROPES AND ACCESSORIES Summary visual inspection 21 Main and auxiliary hoist ropes 22 Boom hoist rope 23 Rope spooling on drums 24 Boom and jib pendants 25 Rope attachments http Awww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 85 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 20 FuLLey DLOCKS NOOKS ana Salety 1actcnes 27 Sheaves bearings and harnesses CARRIER 28 Brakes 29 Tires and wheel lugs 30 Engine oil and water e be Lights and flashers 32 Heater and window defroster Soi Outriggers Sheet 2 Crane No Serial No Make and Model MOBILE CRANE Monthly inspection for the month of 20 Points Points 34 Hand rails footridges non skid floors 42 Load chart 35 Exhaust pipe 43 Detailed inspection of boom and jib structure 36 Electrical system and batteries 44 Load indicator 37 Hoist drums 45 Machinery guards 38 Cylinders and hydraulic system 46 Cable keepers on all sheaves 39 Turntable 47 Compressed air equipment 40 Counterweight fastening 48 Crawler caterpillars rollers sprockets etc 41 Gantry and live mast INSPECTED BY FUNCTION DATE NOTE All the
145. imum pressure reached during the working period R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 2 9 2 3 The rest period listed in Columns 4 and 6 of Schedule 3 1 may include the time a person spends in the air lock while being decompressed to atmospheric pressure immediately prior to his rest period R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 3 9 2 4 When the total duration of a working period is less than that listed in Columns 3 and 5 of Schedule 3 1 the rest period specified in Columns 4 and 6 respectively may be reduced in the ratio of the total working period to the maximum time permitted under Column 3 or 5 as the case may be R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 4 9 2 5 The rest period allotted for meals shall never be less than one half hour R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 5 9 2 6 The pressure in a working chamber shall not exceed 350 kPa for more than 5 minutes except when necessary for the safety of persons during an emergency in which case a the inspector shall be notified immediately by the employer b the pressure in the working chamber shall be the least that meets the emergency c the maximum hours of the working periods and the minimum hours of the rest periods shall be determined by the project physician and d the project physician shall establish the rates for compression and decompression procedures R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 6 9 2 7 The compression procedure shall be as follows a when a p
146. in and iii extending at least 300 mm above ground level b he uses a boatswain s chair in accordance with section 3 9 17 c paragraph revoked d he is under the constant supenision of another worker for as long as he is in the trench e he accompanies each load of materials excavated if he cannot take shelter outside the caisson f any accumulation of water or mud inside the caisson is controlled g the provisions of Subdivision 3 21 have been complied with 2 No worker shall enter the belled area of a caisson unless such section is solidly shored or unless an engineer attests that such shoring is not necessary given the nature and stability of the ground A copy of that attestation shall be available on the construction site at all times R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 7 O C 807 92 s 14 O C 329 94 s 62 O C 35 2001 s 21 3 15 8 Shafts 1 The banks of shafts shall be shored in compliance with section 3 15 3 2 During shaft sinking works workers shall not enter the shaft unless the provisions of Subdivision 3 21 have been complied with R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 8 O C 807 92 s 15 3 15 9 Boring A drilling machine shall be equipped with a pipes supplying water in holes during drilling or b a mechanized exhaust system for removing the dust created by drilling machines The first paragraph does not apply where a drilling is horizontal and in the open air b drill
147. including an automatic brake that shall serve only for that purpose 4 A worker in a boatswain s chair must wear a safety harness secured by a fall arrest connecting device to an anchorage system the whole in accordance with sections 2 10 12 and 2 10 15 Where a rope grab fastened to a vertical life line is used it must be a Class ADP rope grab R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 17 O C 807 92 s 5 O C 35 2001 s 16 O C 606 2014 s 13 3 9 18 Ladder jack scaffolding Any ladder jack scaffolding shall be used by one worker at a time and in the following conditions a b c a on ladders which are securely fixed in position at top and bottom if the distance between the ladders is not more than 3 m if the falling height is not more than 3 m and if the platform is so supported that the load is transmitted to the rails and not to the rungs R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 18 O C 329 94 s 47 3 9 19 Mobile scaffolding Any mobile scaffolding shall a b c a i ii be equipped with a braking device which prevents the scaffolding from moving have the brakes applied when it is being used be rigid and stable and not be moved when a workman is on it unless he is advised of the move the smallest dimension of the base of the scaffolding is at least equal to 1 3 its height R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 19 3 9 20 Metal scaffolding 1 2 The use of a metal scaf
148. ing is carried out by means of a jumbo that uses only one hammer drill and c the driller is more than 4 m from the opening of the hole and uses a breathing apparatus conforming to section 2 10 9 For the purposes of subparagraph b of the second paragraph jumbo means a drilling device consisting of a towmotor having one or more hydraulic arms each bearing a hammer drill R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 9 O C 807 92 s 16 3 15 10 Minimum age No worker under 18 years of age is allowed to work in excavations or trenches R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 15 10 3 16 Handling and storage of materials 3 16 1 Generalities 1 All construction site materials shall be used displaced or transported onto the site or unloaded from a vehicle or from a pile so as not to compromise the safety of workers and the public 2 The load imposed by storing materials on a permanent or temporary structure shall not exceed the permissible load R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 1 3 16 2 Piling of materials 1 Piling of materials shall be done so that piles do not disturb a the spread of natural or artificial light b the good operation of machines and other installations c movement in passages aisles stairways elevators or near doors and d the efficient operation of fire prevention equipment 2 Materials shall not be piled against walls or partitions of buildings without ensuring that they can resist the
149. ing the height of piles so as to prevent explosives from tipping over b keeping sufficient space between the explosive piles walls roof and ventilation openings so as to maintain proper air circulation c not opening packages or wooden containers closed with metal ties or strips The other types of packaging or containers may be opened one at a time for inspection purposes or to remove the explosives d storing only explosive packages or containers that are clean dry and free of small abrasive materials or any contamination R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 7 O C 57 2015 s 31 4 4 8 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 8 O C 1959 86 s 48 4 4 9 At the end ofa workday empty containers that were used to pack explosives must be destroyed according to the manufacturer s instructions or be returned to the supplier so that they may not be used for other purposes R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 9 O C 1959 86 s 49 O C 57 2015 s 32 4 4 10 An explosive depot must be farther from a 44 kV or more overhead electric power line than the distance between the supports of the line located near the depot Where the distance between the supports of the line is greater than 15 m the depot must be placed from that line at the greater of the following distances a 15 m b the result of the following formula P 2 H in meters where P is the distance between the supports of the transmission line an
150. ion have rest platforms with handrails at intervals not greater than 6 m and be off centre at each platform to ensure protection for the upper part not be used near an exposed electrical circuit when it is made of metal or is metal reinforced be of a length sufficient to allow a person to work without having to use the top 2 rungs and be lifted and lowered by the user in such a way that he faces it R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 6 O C 329 94 s 38 3 5 6 1 Notwithstanding section 3 6 1 a ladder may be used in an elevator shaft or hoistway to temporarily serve one of the 2 means of egrees provided for in that ion fora maximum height of 2 storeys sec In addition the ladder may be used upon the following conditions a b c a e the elevator or the hoist shall not be in the process of being installed the opening of the shaft at the level of the first landing shall be completely closed the opening of the second landing shall allow only the free passage of persons the ladder shall cover the opening of the second landing so as to prevent persons from falling the ladder shall be built as work progresses but without adversely affecting construction work O C 329 94 s 39 3 5 7 Step ladder If the worker uses a step ladder the employer shall make sure a b c http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM that it compl
151. ished in sections 2 10 7 1 to 2 10 7 4 the employer shall post near the work location of the worker a notice indicating that wearing ear protectors is compulsory If the notice includes characters the latter shall be at least 30 mm high R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 7 2 10 7 8 Measuring devices For the purposes of this Division the noise level must be measured with a Type 2 sound level meter for general use or a Type 1 sound level meter for precision purposes in compliance with one of the following standards applicable at the time of manufacture of the sound meter 1 Sound Level Meters CSA Standard Z107 1 2 Specification for Sound Level Meters ANSI Standard S1 4A R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 8 O C 393 2011 s 6 2 10 7 9 Measurement methods For the purposes of this Division noise must be measured in compliance with CSA CAN Standard Z107 56 94 Procedures for the Measurement of Occupational Noise Exposure R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 9 O C 393 2011 s 7 2 10 8 Protection of respiratory passages The impurities in the air of a work environment shall be eliminated at their emission point so that their concentration is reduced to a level lower than the permissible values indicated in Schedule to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 8 O C 885 2001 s 366 2 10 9 When it is impossible to reduce the conc
152. isions 4 1 1 No explosive shall be used on a construction site if the following information is not clearly printed or indicated on the explosive box or container a the manufacturer s name b the name under which the explosive is known c the date of manufacture and d the instructions in French for the safe storage handling use and destruction of the explosive R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 1 O C 1959 86 s 29 O C 57 2015 s 2 4 1 2 Explosives shall be a protected against impacts frictions fire flames and sparks b sheltered from rain and snow and c kept in a ventilated place R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 2 O C 57 2015 s 3 4 1 3 Explosives bearing the oldest manufacture date shall be used first R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 3 O C 57 2015 s 4 4 1 4 Deteriorated explosives shall be handled with utmost care and shall be destroyed without delay according to the manufacturer s instructions R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 4 O C 57 2015 s 5 4 1 5 Itis prohibited to use an explosive that has reached its freezing point unless the manufacturer s instructions allow such use R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 5 O C 1959 86 s 30 O C 57 2015 s 6 4 1 6 No explosive shall be left lying about R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 1 6 O C 57 2015 s 7 4 1 7 An employer must ensure that no one smokes brings a flame a substance or material likely to increase the risk of
153. ith a first aid kit in the driver s compartment 3 Trucks primarily or regularly used for the transport of the workers shall be provided with seats or benches offering the following characteristics a a minimum width of 450 mm for each passenger b so placed as to allow for a longitudinal aisle at least 600 mm when the seats are facing each other and 300 mm wide in other cases http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 17 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry c have a height between 380 mm and 480 mm above the floor d have a minimum depth of 300 mm and e provided with backrests extending to a height of at least 500 mm above the level of the seats or benches if these are not placed near the truck rack or walls R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 18 4 O C 329 94 s 24 2 18 5 Special provisions 1 Flat bed trucks and pickups occasionally used for the transportation of workers can be put into service if the following conditions are observed a space allowing workers shall ride in the driver s compartment and there shall not be more than 3 persons for a single cab b flat bed trucks shall be protected on their sides with racks or walls having a minimum height of 900 mm c workers shall sit on benches placed near the sides of the platform and firmly fitted to the floor and having a height between 380 mm and 480 mm d tailgates shall be kept
154. ith the help of a hoisting system and equipped with an anchoring system 14 3 winch scaffolding means a mast climbing work platform whose masts are linked by braces or counter braces supporting a work platform that moves with the help of a hoisting device constituted of winches pulleys and cables 15 scaffold shoring means an assembly of tubular scaffolding frames used for the shoring of concrete formwork 15 01 motorized scaffolding means a mast climbing work platform constituted of a hoisting system made up of an electric pneumatic or hydraulic motor or a natural gas or gasoline engine 15 1 suspended scaffolding means a platform suspended by one or more cables fixed to an anchoring point and moved vertically by means of a manual or motorized winch 16 paragraph revoked 17 electrical power company means a person firm company cooperative society or municipality operating an electric energy transportation or distribution network 17 1 confined space means a space which is not designed to be occupied by a human being in particular a tank silo vat caisson shoring pile stack or manhole 18 excavation means a piece of land dug out to a depth of at least 1 2 m where the width of the base exceeds the depth 18 1 explosives means any substance fabricated manufactured or used to produce an explosion or a detonation such as gunpowder blasting powder dynamite an explosive in
155. ives must be pulled out in accordance with a procedure prepared in writing by an engineer taking into account the types of explosives and the manufacturer s instructions in that regard as well as environmental conditions The procedure must be available on the work site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 18 O C 1959 86 s 60 O C 57 2015 s 45 4 6 19 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 19 O C 1959 86 s 60 O C 57 2015 s 46 4 7 Firing 4 7 1 All loaded holes must be primed and fired in the same round When firing cannot be done at the end of the loading the blasting area must remain under supervision be evacuated and no access shall be permitted until after the firing R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 1 O C 1959 86 s 61 O C 57 2015 s 47 4 7 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 2 O C 57 2015 s 48 4 7 3 Lead wires must be connected to the blasting machine after the signal indicating that blasting is imminent Lead wires must always be disconnected from the blasting machine immediately after the firing or after the attempted blast Both ends of the lead wires must be short circuited and insulated to guard against stray currents R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 7 3 O C 1959 86 s 62 4 7 4 Firing may be done from a power line or from a portable generator provided that a voltage does not exceed 220 V b the blasting switch be designed so that i the weighted han
156. job site committee the safety representative the public health director and representative associations In the absence of a job site committee the employer must post a copy of any notice of correction in a conspicuous place accessible to the workers Decision 83 11 17 s 3 2 2 5 Revoked Decision 83 11 17 s 3 O C 329 94 s 3 2 2 6 To ascertain the soundness of a construction or installation the inspector may require an attestation to that effect signed and sealed by an engineer or an architect O C 119 2008 s 2 2 3 Equivalences 2 3 1 In the application of this Code the nature dimensions and arrangement of materials may differ from the rules established as long as the strength of materials and their use ensure as much safety as the prescribed rule R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 3 1 2 3 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 3 2 O C 1959 86 s 2 2 4 General obligations R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 O C 1959 86 s 3 2 4 1 1 The principal contractor must notify the Commission de la sant et de la s curit du travail in writing of the opening of a construction site at least 10 days before activities at the site begin The principal contractor must also notify the Commission in writing of the closing of a construction site at least 10 days before the work at the site is expected to end except where the expected duration of the site is 1 month or less in which case the Commission
157. l time Pressures Time Pressures Time Pressures Time kPa kPa min kPa min kPa min min From To http Awww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 82 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 13 9 13 5 uU l uU 4 rrom Xo rrom g j U 4U 27 35 2735 0 0 8 0 80 41 41 205 0 6 20 5 10 0 75 10 0 3x0 4 35 55 55 21 35 0 8 20 5 alts Fa 1 00 13 5 0 4 0 5 80 69 69 34 5 1 0 34 5 TT 1 25 17 0 5 0 T2225 82 5 82 5 41 162 41 20 5 1 50 20 5 0 6 0 8 70 89 5 89 5 44 5 133 45 22 1 63 22 0 655 9 43 96 5 96 5 48 1 4 48 24 1 75 24 0 7 0 10 15 103 103 SLO 1 5 SL 26 1 88 26 0 7 5 10 88 110 110 55 1 6 55 PAT ies 2 00 2759 0 8 0 11 60 117 117 5885 1 7 58 5 29 213 29 0 S25 1233 124 124 62 1 8 62 al 2 4 25 31 0 9 0 113 05 131 131 655 159 65 5 32 65 2 38 32 25 0 9 5 13 78 138 138 69 2 20 69 34 5 2 50 34 5 0 20 0 24 50 145 145 72 2 1 T2 36 2 63 36 0 20 0 25573 TS a Ae s a o 76 2752 76 38 2 75 38 0 22 0 26 95 158 5 158 5 79 263 79 39 5 2 88 39D 0 23 0 28 18 165 5 165 5 82 5 2 4 82 5 41 3 00 41 0 24 0 29 40 172 172 86 2 5 86 43 3 13 43 0 25 0 30 63 179 179 89 5 2 6 89 5 44 5 3125 45 0 26 0 31 85 186 186 93 EPN 93 46 5 3 38 46 5 0 27 0 33 08 193 193 96 5 258 96 5 48 3 50 48 0 28 0 34 30 200 200 100 2 9 100 50 3 63 50 0 29 20 8553 206 5 206 5 103 3 0 103 Srg 3 75 1 5 0 30 0 36 75 213 5 21355 106
158. lateral pressure 3 Materials shall not be piled to a height which might jeopardize the stability of the pile 4 The employer shall supply the necessary equipment to reach the height of piles to the person assigned to warehousing 5 The distance between the side of an opening in an opening in a floor or roof and the bottom of a pile of materials shall be more than the height of the pile except if a device prevents the falling of materials R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 2 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 41 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 16 3 Building lumber Reserves of building lumber shall be neatly piled These piles shall be a b c supported at a certain height off the ground disposed in horizontal layers criss crossed and slightly inclined and stabilized by means of transversal supports or wedges if the piles are more than 1 2 m high R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 6 O C 329 94 s 66 3 16 4 Masonry materials Masonry units shall be stacked a b c a e on planks a platform or other level base in layers covering the entire area of the stacks in such a way that the height of the vertical face of the stacks does not exceed 1 8 m in tiers when the height of the stockpiling exceeds 1 8 m with wooden transversal supports between the layers to prevent the pile from c
159. lf tightening device R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 7 8 5 8 Any air line installed underground shall be a if metallic placed so that it is protected from any shock capable of being caused by equipment or self propelled vehicles or b if flexible equipped with collars attached by a chain on each side of the coupling R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 5 8 8 6 Transportation of personnel and materials in a shaft 8 6 1 Ifthe depth of a shaft is less than 60 m hoisting apparatus or equipment governed by Subdivision 3 10 may be used for the transportation of personnel in a shaft R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 6 1 8 6 2 Ifthe depth of a shaft is to exceed or exceeds 60 m the transportation of personnel and materials shall be done according to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety in mines chapter S 2 1 r 14 A copy of the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety in mines shall be available on any construction site where underground work is being performed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 6 2 O C 213 93 s 540 8 7 Traffic 8 7 1 The employer shall prepare a compartment reserved exclusively for the circulation of workers by means of ladders or stairs in a any shaft over 30 m in depth b a raise inclined more than 55 with respect to the horizontal and dug on a length of more than 18 m except when the equipment used allows safe access R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 7 1
160. ling In addition to the requirements provided for in the first paragraph the erection procedure must include the hoisting procedure provided for in section 3 24 15 O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 11 Anchor rods Column anchor rods must be installed according to an anchoring plan provided by the steel structure manufacturer The plan must 1 contain the following information a the dimensions of the anchor rods and their position b the details necessary for securing the anchor rods 2 provide an erection procedure where the columns are anchored with fewer than 4 anchor rods or where the position of the anchor rods does not ensure stability of the columns in all their axes In addition column anchor rods must resist the application of a vertical construction load of at least 1 33 kN located 45 cm from the column face in each of its axes and at its maximum height O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 12 Prior certification Before the beginning of the work the principal contractor must obtain from an engineer a certification according to which the anchor rods were installed in accordance with the anchoring plan provided for in section 3 24 11 and the concrete foundations reached the strength required to support the erection of the steel structure O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 13 Anchor rod modification or repair During the work the principal contractor must obtain from an engineer a new certification following any modification to or repair of col
161. ling of materials and b the handling of materials shall be carried out in accordance with a method prepared in writing by the employer and indicating that no worker may be located under the load arms any other part of the loader equipment being used for lifting or under the load during handling O C 1413 98 s 17 3 10 3 3 Earth moving machinery used for lifting purposes whether or not it is modified The use of a hydraulic shovel backhoe loader or loader for lifting purposes is allowed only for water sewer culvert or blasting works if the following conditions are complied with a lifting must be carried out in accordance with a work method prepared in writing by the employer available on the work site The method must comply with the requirements provided for in section 2 15 6 and indicate that no worker may be located under the boom arm load arm or bucket of the machine or under the load during lifting b the hydraulic shovel backhoe loader or loader shall also be equipped with a load hook up device designed to avoid any accidental unhooking The device shall be designed by the equipment manufacturer or be recommended by the manufacturer and c the requirements provided for in section 2 15 1 must be complied with The use of a sling or a mooring rope attached to the bucket teeth to lift a load is prohibited O C 1413 98 s 17 O C 428 2015 s 6 3 10 3 3 1 Hydraulic shovel used for assembly on the ground during elect
162. ling or removing friable materials containing asbestos whose volume of debris exceeds 0 03 m without exceeding 0 3 m for each minor renovation or specific regular maintenance work shall fulfil the obligations provided for in paragraphs 3 3 1 4 and 6 to 12 of section 3 23 15 those provided for in paragraphs 1 and 2 in subparagraph e of paragraph 7 and paragraphs 10 and 11 of section 3 23 16 as well as the following obligations 1 the employer shall ensure that disposable protective clothing is used 2 the work area shall be sealed off from the rest of the building by an airtight enclosure that has a ventilation system equipped with a high efficiency filter notwithstanding the foregoing where work is done outdoors the airtight enclosure is not required 3 the following decontamination procedure shall be applied before any worker leaves the work area a the enclosure shall be cleaned by wetting or by means of a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter b after removal of protective clothing the respirator and the safety helmet shall be cleaned by wetting c the worker shall wash the parts of his body that have been exposed to dust containing asbestos O C 459 99 s 11 O C 393 2011 s 18 3 24 Steel structure erection or dismantling work O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 1 Scope This subdivision applies to work for the erection or dismantling of a steel structure including any sheet metal apron but excluding work to
163. llowing a the hazards associated with working above or near water and the prevention measures to counter those hazards b the hazards associated with cold water immersion and the prevention measures to counter those hazards c the identification of the various pieces of safety equipment required to work above or near water and their use d the identification of the various pieces of rescue equipment required to recover a person in the water and their use e the requirements of the federal and provincial legislation regarding work above or near water and the use of a boat on a body of water or watercourse f the preparation and application of transportation and rescue plans O C 513 2015 s 5 11 3 The equipment required by a rescue plan referred to in subparagraph 4 of the first paragraph of section 11 1 as well as any accessories must be a adapted to the intended use to the specific conditions of the work and the characteristics of the body of water or watercourse b inspected and kept in good working order c present and visible on the premises during working hours d accessible so that a quick intervention is possible O C 513 2015 s 5 11 4 Where a rescue plan includes the use of a boat the boat must in addition to the requirements provided for in section 11 3 1 in particular be a adapted and equipped for the research and recovery of persons b equipped with a propulsion system adapted to the boat c equip
164. losives and the manufacturer s instructions in that regard as well as environmental conditions The employer must also make sure that a the procedure is available on the construction site b the untamping of the collar is done by the shot firer who loaded and fired the blasthole unless it is impossible for him to do so c during all untamping repriming and firing operations all persons except the shot firer are outside the blasting area d the constituents of the material used for untamping the blasthole and inserted in it is made of non ferrous materials R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 9 1 O C 1959 86 s 56 O C 57 2015 s 40 4 6 10 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 10 O C 1959 86 s 57 4 6 11 At the first signs of a thunderstorm the employer must stop all loading and detonator connecting operations The employer must evacuate the blasting area prohibit access thereto and supervise the situation from a distance R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 11 O C 57 2015 s 41 4 6 12 Electric blasting operations a For electritc blasting operations the entire length of the lead wires must be made of 2 insulated conductors that do not come in contact with the ground or other conductor and must reach the immediate vicinity of the firing point These conductors must not be intertwined with conductors intended for any other purpose whatsoever nor run in the same tube with them nor have the possibili
165. lowest explosion limit the work shall be stopped immediately in the affected zone and workers evacuated R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 11 8 3 12 The scrubber system or the oxy catalyst exhaust purifier system shall be a checked at frequent intervals and b kept in good working order R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 12 8 4 Explosives R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 1 The provisions of Division IV of the Code that are consistent with this subdivision apply with the necessary modifications R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 1 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 2 Only explosives or a combination of explosives developing Class blasting fumes as established by the Department of Energy Mines and Resources of Canada may be used in an underground job site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 2 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 3 Explosives and detonators must be transported directly to the site where they will be used in the underground job site only at loading time once all other operations have been completed and the equipment not required for the loading of explosives has been moved away R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 4 3 O C 1959 86 s 77 8 4 4 f explosives are transported in a shaft a explosives and detonators shall not be transported together b only the operator of the cage may travel with the explosives c the operator of the winch and the cage operator s helpers must be notified and
166. materials containing asbestos is found O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 2 3 23 3 The employer shall determine the types of asbestos present in the materials before undertaking work liable to generate asbestos dust O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 3 3 23 3 1 The use of crocidolite or amosite or of a product containing either of those materials is prohibited except where their replacement is not reasonable or feasible in practice O C 459 99 s 3 3 23 3 2 Before demolition work is undertaken materials liable to generate asbestos dust shall be removed O C 459 99 s 3 3 23 4 The spray application of a mixture of friable materials containing asbestos and the installation of friable insulating materials containing asbestos are prohibited O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 4 3 23 5 The use of compressed air is prohibited in a work area covered by this subdivision except compressed air necessary to operate a respirator O C 54 90 s 3 3 23 6 Smoking eating drinking or chewing any substance in a work area covered by this subdivision is prohibited O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 5 3 23 7 Before undertaking work liable to emit asbestos dust the employer must train the worker and inform him of the risks prevention methods and safe working methods The training and information program must contain at least 1 the employer s general obligations 2 the effects of asbestos on health 3 the standards applicabl
167. materials likely to injure the passengers b bulk material if a safe device prevents this material from filling the place reserved for passengers 4 No worker shall ride on a vehicle load while the vehicle is moving R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 18 7 2 19 Prohibited work method and technique O C 995 91 s 6 2 19 1 Itis prohibited to use a liquified gas to freeze a water pipe unless the gas is physiologically inert and nonflammable O C 995 91 s 6 O C 1413 98 s 10 2 19 2 When freezing a water pipe in a trench or in an obstructed space by using a liquified physiologically inert and nonflammable gas the following measures shall be taken a the trench or the obstructed space shall be ventilated by an exhaust ventilation system so that the concentration of oxygen in the air is at all times equal to or greater than 19 5 at the place occupied by the worker to carry out his work b a device to measure the concentration of oxygen in the air shall be available on the work site at all times For the purposes of this section an obstructed space is a space marked off by a wall a partition wall a ceiling or any other physical obstacle where the circulation of air with the outside is insufficient to maintain a percentage of oxygen in the obstructed space equal to or greater than 19 5 in air volume O C 1413 98 s 10 2 19 3 A worker freezing a water pipe shall wear mittens or gloves as a protection against chilblain O
168. must be designed by an engineer as attested to by a plan or certificate signed and sealed by the engineer R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 4 O C 329 94 s 36 O C 606 2014 s 10 3 5 5 The maximum length of an extension ladder having 2 or more sections shall be 15 m measured along the side rails R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 5 O C 329 94 s 37 3 5 6 Ladder utilization Any ladder shall a b c a rest on a firm footing and the top shall be propped on its 2 side rails be firmly held in place by one or more persons if it is not permanently fastened and if its length is equal to or superior to 9 m be protected against any jolt or sliding which might upset it when not permanently fastened be so inclined in compliance with Schedule 0 1 that the horizontal distance between the base of the ladder and the vertical plane of its top support is approximately between 1 4 and 1 3 of the length of the ladder between its supports fe i ii ii 9 h i i ii 0 k I if used as a means of access be securely fastened in place extend at least 900 mm above the upper landing and have a minimum clear space of 150 mm below any rung be so placed that there is adequate free space at the bottom of the ladder paragraph revoked not be lashed to another ladder end to end if installed in a continuous vertical position except ladders permanently installed with hoop protect
169. nce exceeding half the height of the building but this building shall not measure more than 7 5 m in height 8 Subsection revoked 9 The public shall be prevented from entering a building which is marked for demolition 10 Construction signs shall be installed wherever the public may be exposed to any danger 11 All demolition works shall be done under the continuous supervision of a competent foreman 12 No employer shall employ for demolition work any worker younger than 18 years of age R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 18 1 O C 1959 86 s 25 O C 995 91 s 11 O C 329 94 s 67 3 18 2 Requirements during demolition 1 During demolition the following precautions shall be taken a dust shall be kept down b debris shall not be burnt on the site without authorization c floors shall not be overloaded beyond their capacity d solid supports shall be provided in areas where there are gins derricks and other similar hoisting apparatus e any scaffolding or platform shall be erected in compliance with Subdivisions 3 7 and 3 9 of this Code f materials with protruding nails shall be stacked or removed or nails shall be removed or hammered in g entrances and exits which are protected against hazards shall be provided h in buildings more than 7 5 m high exterior openings shall be boarded up within 6 m of any shaft or chute for debris i floor openings below the demolition level which are not being used
170. nd b a high boom angle switch R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 7 3 2 15 7 4 A tower crane shall conform to CSA Standard 2248 1975 Code for Tower Cranes A tower crane log book shall be kept up to date in accordance with that standard and shall comply with Schedule 10 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 7 4 O C 1413 98 s 8 2 15 7 5 A general purpose top running electric overhead travelling crane except a single girder overhead travelling crane must conform to CSA Standard B 167 1964 General Purpose Electric Overhead Travelling Cranes R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 7 5 O C 1959 86 s 13 2 15 7 6 A lift truck shall conform to CSA Standard B335 1 1977 Low Lift and High Lift Trucks R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 7 6 2 15 7 7 A digger derrick manufactured after 1 January 1987 shall comply with ANSI Standard A10 31 1987 Digger Derricks Safety Requirements Definitions and Specifications It is prohibited to use a digger derrick for purposes other than the purposes for which it was specifically designed and especially to use it to hoist materials For the purposes of this section a digger derrick is an apparatus equipped with a knuckle boom mounted on a carrier vehicle and designed specifically to drill holes into the ground and to install posts therein and the material they support O C 1413 98 s 9 2 15 8 1 The rated capacity of a lifting jack shall be indicated in a legible and indelible manner
171. nderground work site This system shall be kept in good working condition for a takeover in case of a break in the main supply of electrical current R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 10 4 8 11 Communication and standard signals 8 11 1 During the sinking of a shaft a temporary communications system must be provided R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 1 8 11 2 At the end of all shaft sinking operations and before tunnelling operations each shaft used for hoisting whose depth is more than 15 m shall be equipped between the bottom of the shaft and the surface with 2 distinct signalling systems which may be electric pneumatic or mechanical One of these systems shall be connected to a telephone or to a speaking tube R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 2 8 11 3 Hoisting signals shall be adopted and used at each hoisting shaft in conformity with Schedule 4 if visual signals cannot be understood R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 3 8 11 4 Standardized signals may be established which correspond with local conditions provided that they are easily discernible and do not conflict with established standard signals R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 4 8 11 5 A legible copy of standard signals and of standardized signals if need be shall be posted in full view of the hoisting operator and in all locations where signals may be given or received R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 5 8 11 6 No worker shall be taken in
172. ndustry 8 2 9 Shoring if necessary shall follow shaft sinking in order to prevent the fall of rocks from the partition walls R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 9 8 2 10 During rock bolting the required bolts shall be a put into place as soon as a zone has been exposed and b equipped with a stress distribution plate on the rock R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 2 10 8 3 Ventilation and air quality 8 3 1 The concentration of impurities in the air shall be kept at less than the permissible values indicated in Schedule to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 The underground site shall be supplied with fresh air The minimum volume of air must be equivalent to the greatest of the following requirements 55 m per minute of fresh air for each worker underground b 15 m of fresh air per minute for each square metre of section for tunnels or c where there is mobile equipment driven by a diesel engine i certified by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH the supply of fresh air shall be based on the values given in Schedules 24 and 31 of that Institute ii certified by the Department of Energy Mines and Resources of Canada the supply of fresh air shall be that specified at the time of certification of the equipment or iii not certified the fresh air supply shall correspond to a minimum rate of 5 5 m per minute per kilowatt measured at t
173. nent or person closer to an electrical line than the minimum approach distance specified in section 5 2 1 may proceed to such work provided that one of the following conditions is complied with a that power line has been turned off He shall ensure that no one runs any risk of being electrocuted before turning the power on again b the employer has come to an agreement with the electrical power company as to safety measures to be adopted Before the work begins he shall transmit a copy of such agreement as well as his work plan to the Commission Such measures shall be carried out before the work begins and shall be maintained throughout the course of the work c extensible construction equipment such as a backhoe a power shovel a crane or a dump truck shall be equipped with a device that has 2 functions i to warn the operator or to stop the equipment from operating so that the minimum approach distance specified in section 5 2 1 is respected ii to stop the equipment from operating should the device fail to perform its first function The device referred to in subparagraph c must be the subject of a written declaration signed by a member of the Ordre des ing nieurs du Qu bec certifying that it performs the functions described in subparagraphs i and ii above and that it neither damages the equipment nor renders it unstable when it stops the equipment from operating If the device fails to operate partially or completely or is inoperati
174. nent training i in rescue procedures ii in the use maintenance and the ultimate capacity of oxygen respirators and iii in the use and maintenance of fire fighting equipment and c carry out rescue drills R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 12 2 8 12 3 A control system for entrances and exits shall be enforced in an underground work site and register of workers involved in the underground works shall be available at the surface R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 12 3 8 13 Minimum age 8 13 1 No person below 18 years of age shall be employed underground at the face of an open pit site or at the controls of hoisting or moving equipment R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 13 1 DIVISION IX WORKS IN COMPRESSED AIR 9 1 Generalities 9 1 1 The emp oyer shall ensure that no one smokes in an air lock or in a working chamber R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 1 9 1 2 The employer shall ensure that a no one in an inebriated state enters a working chamber or any place used for the operation of working chambers and b no alcoholic beverage is brought into such places R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 2 9 1 3 Two means of communication between working chambers intermediate air locks the power plant and the exit at atmospheric pressure shall be maintained at all times One of the means of communication shall be the telephone R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 1 3 9 1 4 The person responsible for th
175. ng their street clothes 1 for work liable to produce asbestos dust emissions where high risk work is carried out according to paragraph 3 of section 3 23 2 or 2 where workers are exposed to lead mercury or beryllium or their compounds in the form of vapour or dust O C 393 2011 s 9 3 2 13 Layout of the facilities The facilities referred to in section 3 2 12 must be contiguous to the work area each changing room and the shower room must be in separate communicating rooms used exclusively for the purposes referred to in section 3 2 12 The changing rooms must comply with section 3 2 11 and the showers with section 3 2 15 O C 393 2011 s 9 3 2 14 Showers The employer must provide showers to workers working in an underground work site or to those who must wear specific clothing used exclusively for 1 abrasive blasting 2 work liable to produce asbestos dust emissions where high risk work is carried out in accordance with paragraph 3 of section 3 23 2 3 work where workers are exposed to lead mercury or beryllium or their compounds in the form of vapour or dust 4 work carried out in heat stress that exceeds the continuous work curve in the Permissible heat exposure limit values graph in Schedule V to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 and 5 work carried out in compressed air O C 393 2011 s 9 3 2 15 Shower features The showers referred to in section 3 2 1
176. nts ANSI ASSE Z359 4 as it applies when the ropes are manufactured or iii the standards in section 2 10 12 and b is used exclusively for that purpose except the safety harness and 4 ensure that a rescuer who was trained to rescue a worker suspended in a safety harness is present at all times on the work premises The nature of the rescuer s http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 50 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry work must not compromise a quick and etticient intervention A rescuer may also act as first aider it so provided in the rescue procedure In addition a rescue drill for a worker suspended in a safety harness after a fall must be carried out every 6 months O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 5 Presence of a first aider Despite section 7 of the First aid Minimum Standards Regulation chapter A 3 001 r 10 during the work the principal contractor must ensure that one first aider within the meaning of that Regulation is present at all times on the work premises O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 6 Protruding parts Where studs or other protruding parts constitute a danger for workers on the steel structure a temporary sidewalk must be installed to ensure the safe movement of workers O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 7 Plans and procedures The plans and procedures provided for in this subdivision must be kept on the work premises and be ac
177. ny motor vehicle with a gasoline powered engine and used for supervising operations shall a have an engine with a displacement of less than 6 litres b be equipped with emission control devices in accordance with the standards prescribed in the Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations C R C c 1038 under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act S C 1993 c 16 with the same efficiency of performance as initially and http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 68 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry c have a maximum gross mass of 2 720 kg When such a motor vehicle stops in an underground construction site its driver shall turn off the engine R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 7 O C 606 2014 s 21 8 3 8 When a vehicle used for the surveillance of underground work is immobilized the engine shall be turned off R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 8 8 3 9 The standard grades of distilled diesel fuel shall have a a flash point of a minimum of 65 C and b a sulphur content less than 0 25 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 9 8 3 10 A warning system shall be set up to warn operators to stop the motor of the self propelled vehicle and to prohibit the firing of explosives in case the ventilation system should break down R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 10 8 3 11 When the concentration of flammable gas vapours is greater than 25 of the
178. o use the sanitary facilities of an establishment located at a distance that complies with section 3 2 7 1 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 7 O C 329 94 s 28 and 29 O C 428 2015 s 3 3 2 7 1 Toilets must be located at a distance not exceeding 150 m 500 ft from the work area and must not be more than 4 storeys higher or lower than the work area O C 428 2015 s 3 3 2 7 2 A toilet must be 1 within easy access 2 free from any obstacle or obstruction that could prevent the toilet from being used 3 built so that the occupant is sheltered from view and protected from the weather and falling objects 4 provided with natural or artificial lighting 5 equipped with a seat and cover 6 provided with toilet paper 7 heated to a minimum of 20 C and 8 ventilated The toilet must be maintained in good operating condition and in a clean and sanitary condition and be kept free of vermin rodents and insects Any cracked or damaged toilet seat must be replaced immediately O C 428 2015 s 3 3 2 8 Sinks The employer shall provide the workers who handle corrosive or toxic materials with sinks or showers that comply with section 3 2 15 and that enable them to wash with clean water and likewise provide them with paper towels or individual hand towels R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 8 O C 329 94 s 29 O C 393 2011 s 8 3 2 8 1 Flushing toilet accessories A sink containing clean and temperate water mus
179. of the recommended capacities and the minimum length of penetration of the telescoping parts He shall also be required to supply details of the joints of threaded parts used the minimum lengths of thread engagement the recommended methods of usage by the manufacturer and any other information that might affect safety 2 The calculation of jack capacity is based on the results obtained from tests carried out by an independent expert 3 The flanges at the jack extremities shall have a net bearing surface corresponding to the capacity of the jacks and in all instances shall have a minimum bearing surface of at least 100 cm and be at least 6 mm thick and made of material currently used 4 The length of the penetration of the top part of the jack into the lower part of the jack shall be at least equal to the sixth of the jack length 5 The penetration of the threaded portion in the jack shall be equal to 1 5 times the diameter of the tube 6 The manufacturer s name or trade mark the type of jack and the date of manufacture shall be legibly stamped on all jacks and detachable parts 7 The employer shall make sure that the defective parts are replaced by parts of the same quality as the original parts 8 The employer shall ensure that tests are made to check the capacity of the welding done on the jacks R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 13 1 2 13 2 Timber shores 1 Rectangular shores shall be at least 89 mm x 89 mm on each side 2
180. off from the rest of the building by an airtight enclosure that has an exhaust ventilation system The ventilation system shall meet the following standards a it shall be equipped with a high efficiency filter b it shall provide at least 4 changes of air per hour c it shall ensure negative pressure of between 1 and 4 Pa 9 notwithstanding paragraph 8 when work is done outdoors an airtight enclosure is required only for the work clothes changing room in such case the travel area of workers that connects the work area and the work clothes changing room shall be marked off by hazard signs 10 atthe beginning and end of each shift the employer shall ensure that the airtight enclosure is in good condition If the enclosure is punctured or becomes defective the work shall cease until the enclosure is repaired 11 the air vents of the building s ventilation system shall be sealed off from the work area before the work begins and shall be kept sealed during the work 12 upon completion of the work it shall be prohibited to dismantle the airtight enclosure or to remove the airtight drop sheets before the concentration of airborne respirable asbestos fibres in the work area drops to less than 0 01 fibres cm That reading shall be taken in accordance with section 44 of the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 11 O C 885 2001 s 374 O C 393 2011 s 17 3 23 16 1 An employer hand
181. on of at least 24 hours O C 53 90 s 11 SCHEDULE 8 s 7 2 1 TRAINING AND CERTIFICATE OF A LOW VELOCITY EXPLOSIVE ACTUATED TOOL OPERATOR http Awww2 publications duq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 84 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 8 1 Only persons so authorized by the manufacturer of a low velocity explosive actuated tool may be instructors and in that capacity supervise the training and qualification of workers wishing to use a low velocity explosive actuated tool 8 2 Any worker wishing to use a low velocity explosive actuated tool shall have received training covering the following points 1 identification of the tool s parts and accessories 2 how to operate the tool and its accessories such as a spall stop 3 maintenance of the tool 4 identification of damaged or worn parts 5 identification of the strength of explosive charges 8 3 A low velocity explosive actuated tool operator s certificate shall be issued to any worker who 1 has received the training provided for in section 8 2 2 has demonstrated to his instructor that he is able to perform the operations provided for in section 8 2 The certificate is issued by the instructor who dispenses the training 8 4 A low velocity explosive actuated tool operator s certificate shall contain the following information 1 the worker s name 2 the attestation that the worker has received the
182. on to unlock the hoist hook Where a load is hoisted using a hook referred to in subparagraph 1 of the first paragraph the load must be hung using a shackle or a wrought alloy steel ring Where a load remote unhooking device is used it must have the following features 1 the minimum and maximum loading capacities are conspicuously indicated on the device 2 where the device is engaged it locks under the application of the load and 3 it opens only when it no longer withstands the weight of the load and a command to open it is issued O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 18 Beam column connection of a multi span steel structure During beam column connection work a beam must not be supported by a spanner The type of connection must be designed so as to take that prohibition into account The type of beam column connection may be designed in one of the following manners 1 the beam is attached to the column while being supported by a bracket previously attached to the column 2 the upper right corner of the plate or angle seat is notched to clear the first supporting bolt of the beam placed previously in the manner specified in Schedule 6 O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 19 Erection of an open web steel joist Erection work of an open web steel joint must be carried out in accordance with the following standards 1 before a hoisting apparatus lands the joist and in order to ensure the lateral stability of the joist during its placement erection b
183. ork and the measures to be taken in order to install use care for protect and move them b the hazards and the health and safety measures to be taken depending on the work to be carried out c the types of asbestos and other contaminants that may be encountered during the work d the individual and group protective devices and equipment that must be used e the measures to be taken in case of emergency which shall include in particular locating emergency exits in the work area and the exits through which the building can be evacuated 4 the employer shall take a sample of the concentration of airborne breathable asbestos fibres in the work area in accordance with section 44 of the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 at least once per shift during the work send it immediately to a laboratory for analysis and take reasonable measures to obtain the results of those analyses within 24 hours the results shall be recorded in a register that is available on the work premises during all the work 5 the employer shall ensure that reusable protective clothing is washed before it is reused 6 the employer must provide workers working in the work area with a double changing room that complies with section 3 2 13 7 the employer shall ensure that any worker leaving the work area follows the decontamination procedure described below a workers shall remove their disposable protective clothing in
184. ortation is properly separated from the chests containing the detonators and explosives O C 57 2015 s 26 4 4 Storage of explosives 4 4 1 On a construction site the employer must make sure that an explosive depot meets the following safety standards a conform to the standards of the Regulation under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 r 1 b be laid out so as to comply with the distances established in the standard Explosives Quantity Distances BNQ 2910 510 or in the table in Schedule 2 3 c be used exclusively for the storage of explosives or blasting accessories d be locked e be under the employer s supervision and responsibility f be kept clean inside be coated or covered in such a way that no iron or steel is left uncovered and no particle of rough iron steel or any similar substance may become loose or come into contact with the explosives contained in the depot 9 be of the colour white aluminum or red with the word EXPLOSIVES written on all visible sides in contrasting colours at least 150 mm high R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 1 O C 1959 86 s 46 O C 57 2015 s 27 Until the standard Explosives Quantity Distances BNQ 2910 510 is made and published by the Bureau de normalisation du Qu bec the distances for the disposition of depots provided for by the standard in paragraph b are those provided for in the Quantity Distance Principles User s Manual published in 1995 by
185. ower explosive limit O C 329 94 s 73 7 4 Maintenance and repair R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec VII ss 7 4 O C 329 94 s 73 7 4 1 The employer shall ensure http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 65 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 1 that any low velocity explosive actuated tool is a checked before its first use each day b regularly inspected to detect worn or damaged parts in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 2 that all parts of the low velocity explosive actuated tool have been cleaned after its use 3 that the safety devices on any low velocity explosive actuated tool are in proper working order R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 4 1 O C 329 94 s 73 7 4 2 Only spare parts recommended by the manufacturer shall be used R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 7 4 2 O C 329 94 s 73 7 4 3 No low velocity explosive actuated tool may be used where any of its parts or accessories is defective O C 329 94 s 73 7 5 Storage O C 329 94 s 73 7 5 1 When it is not in use any low velocity explosive actuated tool shall be placed in a case designed for that purpose The case shall contain 1 a copy of the manufacturer s instructions for the use and maintenance of the tool 2 all the accessories and implements necessary for maintenance of the tool at the work site 3 a logbook reco
186. ped with the following rescue equipment i 2 rope bags each containing 1 single length buoyant heaving line that remains flexible with a minimum diameter of 9 5 mm and a minimum length of 15 m ii a life buoy with an outside diameter of 762 mm approved by Transport Canada or by a body recognized by Transport Canada as evidenced by the tag or approval stamp affixed to it iii a boat hook 2 be used by a team of at least 2 rescue attendants trained in the approach and recovery of a person in conditions and according to the characteristics of the body of water or watercourse where their assistance is needed and who meet either of the following conditions a hold a Pleasure Craft Operator Card issued by Transport Canada and a certificate from the Lifesaving Society attesting that training was received in the approach and recovery of persons or b hold a certificate of competency issued by Transport Canada other than a Pleasure Craft Operator Card and a certificate attesting that training was received in Marine Emergency Duties MED issued by Transport Canada O C 513 2015 s 5 11 5 During work above or near water life buoys with an outside diameter of 762 mm must be placed and spread out over the entire length of the site where work is performed at a maximum linear distance of 60 m between life buoys The life buoys must be approved by Transport Canada or by a body recognized by Transport Canada as evidenced by the tag or app
187. per handle of the saw R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 10 2 10 11 Protection of the other parts of the body http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 11 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 1 A worker exposed to molten metal splashings or in contact with hazardous or infectious substances or using dangerous tools shall wear protective equipment such as hood apron leg pads and oversleeves 2 Subparagraph revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 11 O C 329 94 s 13 2 10 12 Safety harness 1 A safety harness must comply with CAN CSA Standard Z259 10 Full Body Harnesses and be secured to an anchorage system in compliance with section 2 10 15 by a fall arrest connecting device that limits the maximum fall arrest force to 6 kN or the free fall distance to 1 8 m This fall arrest connecting device must consist of one or more of the following pieces of equipment including as a minimum the equipment in subparagraph a or b a an energy absorber and a lanyard in compliance with CAN CSA Standard 2259 11 Energy Absorbers and Lanyards The lanyard including the energy absorber must measure not more than 2 m in length b a self retracting lanyard in compliance with CAN CSA Standard Z259 2 2 Self Retracting Devices for Personal Fall Arrest Systems c arope grab in compliance with CSA Standard Z259 2 5 Fall Arresters and Vertical
188. post is 1 8 m high or more and is placed on the soil b this post is 3 5 m high or more and rests on a concrete slab 2 The horizontal bracing shall be placed a as close as possible to the mid height of the posts unless another point of buckling is indicated by the calculations and b when posts are 5 5 m long or more at heights not exceeding 2 7 m between this bracing and i the bottom or the top of the post or http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 63 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry ii another bracing on the same post 3 The bracing required in subsection 1 may be omitted if the engineer who drew up the calculations of the concrete shoring plan indicates on the plan he submits that it is not necessary R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 7 1 6 7 2 Diagonal bracing At every 4 rows of telescopic jacks a diagonal bracing placed at a 45 angle shall be installed on both vertical planes perpendicular to each other This bracing shall alternate from top to bottom and from bottom to top R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 7 2 6 7 3 Especially solid bracing shall be provided for scaffold shoring and for structures when the imposed loads are not axial R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 7 3 6 7 4 Only one telescopic jack shall be used for each level of shoring R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 7 4 6 8 Shoring of multisto
189. power chain saw shall be equipped with a chain brake and with a device to operate the brake 2 Vibrations A portable power chain saw shall be equipped with a vibration insulation system on the front and back handles designed and manufactured in such a way so that the operator s control of the chain saw is not affected if an insulator happens to fail 3 The employer shall ensure that the user of a chain saw a starts the saw only when it is on a solid surface more than 3 m away from the place where it was filled with gas b uses his saw while holding it with both hands and with his feet solidly set c does not use the saw higher than shoulder level d does not use his saw inside a closed building if the saw has an internal combustion motor e stops the chain when he goes from one work site to another and f adjusts and oils the saw only when the motor is stopped R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 16 3 10 17 Internal combustion motor 1 No internal combustion motor shall be used near sites where there are explosive dusts or flammable vapours 2 Air impurities produced inside any closed structure shall be removed at the emission point so that their concentration is reduced to a level below the limit values specified in Schedule to the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 3 As soon as the ventilation system stops any internal combustion motor shall be immediately stopped and r
190. purpose of gaining access to a work area where friable materials containing asbestos are found the employer shall isolate the work area with an enclosure made of materials impervious to asbestos fibre and protect the building s ventilation system from any contamination 11 the employer shall post a sign at the entrance to each work area That sign shall be yellow 500 mm high by 350 mm wide and shall indicate in black letters of the size specified below the following information in the following order Information Size of letters ASBESTOS 50 mm DANGER 40 mm Do not breathe dust 15 mm Protective equipment must be worn 15 mm No admittance 15 mm Inhaling asbestos dust may be harmful to your health 10 mm 12 where there is no enclosure such as referred to in paragraphs 9 and 10 the work area shall be marked off by hazard signs O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 11 O C 885 2001 s 373 O C 393 2011 s 16 3 23 16 Ona construction site where high risk work is being carried out other than the work mentioned in section 3 23 16 1 an employer shall fulfil the obligations provided for in section 3 23 15 except those provided for in paragraphs 1 2 and 5 of that section and the following obligations 1 a half facepiece or full facepiece respirator specified in the Guide des appareils de protection respiratoire utilis s au Qu bec published by the Institut de recherch Robert Sauv en sant et en s curit du travail shall be worn by
191. q uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 14 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 2 2 15 3 The employer shall ensure that the hoisting apparatus is not a loaded beyond the rated load and b submitted to sudden movements R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 3 2 15 4 Boom The boom of a hoisting apparatus not covered by CSA Standard Z150 1974 Safety Code for Mobile Cranes and its supplement No 1 1977 or CSA Standard 2248 1975 Code for Tower Cranes shall be installed and built according to the specifications approved by an engineer R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 4 2 15 5 Load rating plate A load rating plate showing the nominal capacity of the tower crane mobile crane or other similar apparatus shall a be so placed and lighted as to be easily read by the operator b provide information which complies with that provided by the manufacturer and c furnish all the necessary information for the safe operation of this equipment R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 5 2 15 6 Handling of loads 1 Before ordering the hoisting of a load the signalman shall ensure that all cables chains slings or other moorings are properly attached to the load and that the hoisting does not present any hazard 2 The hoisting of loads shall be done vertically 3 When oblique hoisting is absolutely necessary precautions dic
192. quipped with a surface remote control device R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 3 8 3 4 The employer shall ensure that the fresh air supply for the ventilation system is without impurities and for this purpose a the ventilation ducts shall be placed so as to prevent the return of foul air into the air supply system through the shaft or tunnel entrance and b vehicles not directly involved in the underground work site shall be kept at a distance of at least 15 m from the access or opening connected to the underground work site R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 4 8 3 5 The access to abandoned zones and any non ventilated sector of the work site shall be declared prohibited for workers R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 5 O C 885 2001 s 375 8 3 5 1 Traffic lanes used by vehicles shall be free from any obstruction R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 5 1 8 3 6 Self propelled vehicles used for performing work in underground work sites shall a if they are powered by an internal combustion diesel type engine be equipped with an exhaust gas cooling system making it possible to keep the gas at 83 C whatever the motor s operating conditions may be b be equipped with position lights indicating their maximum width c not discharge into the air non diluted exhaust gas containing over 0 25 carbon monoxide R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 3 6 O C 885 2001 s 376 8 3 7 Onan underground construction site a
193. r a vehicle carrying 2 000 kg or more of explosives that makes it possible at all times to locate the vehicle and to communicate with its driver The employer must make sure that a person is in charge of locating and communicating with the driver at all times during the transportation of explosives as well as alerting police services in case of emergency The tracking and communication system provided for in subparagraph d must be installed not later than 26 February 2018 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 3 1 O C 1959 86 s 40 O C 57 2015 s 17 4 3 1 1 An employer must subject the vehicle referred to in section 4 3 1 to a mechanical inspection once a year and remedy without delay the failures observed during such inspection Inspection of a vehicle carried out by a holder of a certificate of competency issued under the Highway Safety Code chapter C 24 2 in the context provided for in the Code or its regulations or under another Act or regulation stands in lieu of the annual inspection referred to in the first paragraph Otherwise the inspection must be carried out by a mechanic whose competency is equivalent to that of the holder of a certificate of competency issued under the Highway Safety Code The employer must keep proof that the vehicle has been inspected O C 57 2015 s 17 4 3 1 2 An employer must ensure that objects other than explosives are not transported with the explosives unless they are stored or separated from t
194. r may be reduced accordingly c a maximum spacing of 300 mm between the cleats Such spacing shall be uniform within a flight 2 Any wooden ladder must have a 2 side rails of at least i 38mm x 89 mm for single ladders or ii 38 mm x 140 mm or 89 mm x 89 mm for double width ladders b cleats i of not less than 38 mm x 89 mm and http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 22 87 8 9 2015 ii 3 a b c a fe 4 a b c a 5 Safety Code for the construction industry resting on filler blocks of not less than 38 mm x 38 mm Any double width ladder shall have 3 rails evenly spaced be at least 1 5 m in width and not more than 2 m in width have cleats in one piece that extend the full width of the ladder be made of materials whose size is corresponding to those listed in subsections 1 and 2 and be solidly fastened in place The wood used for a ladder shall fulfil the following conditions it shall be in good condition shall be derived from species having long non breaking fibres and shall be free from any defect that might impair its strength it shall be of a quality equal to No 1 spruce if it is in the form of logs it shall be debarked it shall not be covered with paint or any opaque coating Where it is foreseen that a site fabricated ladder will exceed the permitted maximum length of 4 8 m the ladder
195. rance when not in use and iii have a stop block at its entrance to stop wheelbarrows or c by means of a hoisting apparatus if large pieces or objects are involved 3 Subsection revoked 4 Waste material shall be transported or so disposed as to create no inconvenience 5 Lumber brick blocks stone steel and other salvaged materials shall be stacked in an orderly fashion and in accordance with the rules of the trade 6 Subsection revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 2 O C 53 90 s 6 O C 329 94 s 25 and 29 3 2 3 Protruding nails and other protruding parts 1 Nails protruding from a piece of wood or any scrap shall be pulled out or nailed down unless such material is piled or placed in a container to be transported outside the site 2 During dismantling protruding nails from a reusable piece of wood shall be removed immediately 3 The tie rods for concrete formwork and other protruding parts shall be cut away as soon as possible after the deforming R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 3 O C 329 94 s 26 and 29 3 2 4 Maintenance and arrangement of the work site Traffic lanes passages and any work site in general shall a be kept free of any obstacle and well cleared b be kept free of all snow ice oil or grease c be sprinkled with sand or any other non skid product in order to prevent slipping and falling d not be obstructed with equipment tools or material e not be cluttered wi
196. raph c of paragraph 3 c the removal of friable material containing asbestos where in the removal process the work area is sealed off from the worker s breathing area d any work that is liable to produce asbestos dust emissions and that is not classified as low or high risk e the handling or removal of small quantities of friable material containing asbestos having a volume of debris not exceeding 0 03 3 for each minor renovation or regular specific maintenance job 3 sites where high risk work is carried out a subject to subparagraphs c and e of paragraph 2 the handling or the removal of friable material containing asbestos b the cleaning or removal of a ventilation system including rigid ducts in buildings where the insulation contains asbestos applied by spraying c the enclosure of friable material containing asbestos by the spray application of a sealant d the repair alteration or demolition of kilns boilers or similar devices made entirely or partly of refractory materials containing asbestos e the use of a power tool not fitted with a dust collection device equipped with a high efficiency filter to grind cut drill or abrade a product mentioned in subparagraph a of paragraph 1 f subject to subparagraph e of paragraph 2 the handling or removal of friable material containing crocidolite or amosite g subject to subparagraph e of paragraph 2 the total or partial removal of false ceilings on which friable
197. rding the date of each inspection provided for in subparagraph b of paragraph 1 of section 7 4 1 as well as the date and type of each repair made O C 329 94 s 73 7 5 2 The case provided for in section 7 5 1 and the boxes containing the fasteners shall be put in a place that 1 is kept locked or 2 is inaccessible to unauthorized persons O C 329 94 s 73 7 6 Notices O C 329 94 s 73 7 6 1 The following notices shall be affixed permanently and shall be clearly legible 1 on each low velocity explosive actuated tool a the manufacturer s name or trademark b the type and model of the tool c the strength of the maximum charge permitted by the manufacturer s specifications 2 onthe accessories the manufacturer s name or trademark 3 on each box containing fasteners a the manufacturer s name or trademark b the nominal dimensions of the fasteners 4 on each box containing explosive charges a the manufacturer s name or trademark b the place where it was manufactured c the strength of the explosive charge of the cartridges O C 329 94 s 73 DIVISION VIII UNDERGROUND WORK SITES 8 1 Fire prevention and protection 8 1 1 A temporary building built on the surface less than 12 m away from an opening giving access to an underground work site or erected in the underground work site shall 1 be of non combustible construction or 2 be protected against fire in the following way
198. rdrails R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 8 4 3 8 5 When wire mesh is required on a guardrail it shall a be of gauge No 16 or larger b have mesh of 40 mm or less c fill all the area between the toe board and the top rail and http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 25 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry d be installed on the inside of the intermediate rail R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 8 5 3 9 Scaffoldings 3 9 1 Generality Scaffoldings constructed in accordance with this subdivision shall be required in places where workers cannot carry out their work safely from the ground or from a solid construction However ladders may be used for work requiring less than one hour R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 1 3 9 2 Construction Scaffoldings shall a be designed constructed braced windbraced and maintained in order to support the loads and stresses to which they are subjected and be wind resistant and b rest on the ground or on foundations which offer sufficient resistance R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 2 3 9 3 Materials 1 Materials used for scaffolding shall be free from any defects which might impair their resistance 2 The lumber used for scaffolding shall be a in good condition composed of long non breaking fibres and free from any defect which might impair its strength b of a qualit
199. re air supply line is brought into the working chamber to operate a machine check valves and safety valves shall be provided so as to avoid any possible increase in pressure in the working chamber R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 4 10 9 5 Pressure gauges 9 5 1 Any air lock used for workers shall be equipped with a pressure gauge which shall record the decompression rate The record of such pressure gauge shall readily indicate the variations in air pressure at intervals of at least one minute R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 5 1 9 5 2 A back pressure gauge shall be placed outside each working chamber This pressure gauge shall be located so as to be easily readable and shall always be in perfect working order http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 75 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 5 2 9 5 3 Testing 1 Additional fittings shall be installed so as to enable the use of a test gauge 2 Every 24 hours pressure gauges measuring exterior pressure shall be tested and the results shall be recorded R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 5 3 9 5 4 Lock tender 1 The employer shall entrust to a competent worker the operation of valves and pressure gauges which regulate and indicate the air pressure in the working chamber Such worker shall work not more than 9 hours in a 24 hour period In caisson
200. ric power line installation The use of a hydraulic shovel on caterpillars for assembling components on the ground during the installation of an electric power line is allowed if the conditions of section 3 10 3 3 and the following conditions are complied with 1 the shovel must be equipped with load lowering control devices on the boom and the arm that comply with the standard Earth moving machinery Hydraulic excavator and backhoe loader boom lowering control device Requirements and tests ISO 8643 published by the International Organization for Standardization with the necessary modifications and visual or audible overload indicator that complies with the standard Earth moving machinery Safety Part 5 Requirements for hydraulic excavators NF EN 474 5 published by the Association frangaise de normalisation AFNOR 2 a nominal load table that complies with the standard Earth moving machinery Hydraulic excavators Lift capacity ISO 10567 published by the International Organization for Standardization must be installed so that the operator can read it 3 hoisting must be executed on a level surface having a bearing capacity sufficient to support the equipment and the load hoisted without significant settlement 4 the bucket of the hydraulic shovel must be removed to hoist a load O C 428 2015 s 7 3 10 3 4 Earth moving machinery used for installing posts The use of a hydraulic shovel or of a backhoe loader for
201. ridging must be installed if applicable in accordance with the joist manufacturer s plan Bridging must be of the bolted diagonal type and the number of rows indicated in the plan must at least comply with the following specifications Joist length Minimum number of rows a less than 12 m None b 12mto18m 1 row c 18 m to 30m 2 rows d 30 m or more 4 rows 2 as soon as a joist is placed each joist end must be bolted using at least one bolt and 3 no load may be placed on the joist as long as all the rows of bridging have not been secured and each end of row has not been anchored except if the joist manufacturer specifies on the joist connection plan the measures to be taken to do so and those measures have been complied with Joists may be hoisted and landed in bundles on the steel structure if they do not require erection bridging and are put in place one after the other to prevent them from falling off their supports O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 20 Space between girts If the provisions set out in section 3 10 7 may not be applied to the installation of girts because of the work environment or the height of the steel structure the vertical space between girts must not exceed 1 6 m and a means of access to allow a worker to go from one girt to another must be provided in the plan or in the hoisting procedure O C 391 2011 s 2 Dismantling of a steel structure O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 21 Obligations of the principal contractor
202. ring firm Failing this he shall have equivalent training b be familiar with this Code and the general principles of accident prevention and c hold an attestation of safety officer delivered by the Commission Such attestation is delivered to any person who has followed with success the required safety officer s course or who according to the examining committee has the equivalent technical knowledge 3 The duties of the safety officer apply only to safety he particularly a coordinates the orders and any safety measures taken for the site with the provisions of this Code and sees to their observance b ensures that any worker is informed as to the inherent risks in his work c takes note of the recommendations and the minutes of the meetings of the employers safety committees d receives any order or notice respecting defects remitted by an inspector authorized according to the Act respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 e participates in the drawing up of safety orders for the site and f intervenes when there is risk of accident and investigates following an accident R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 5 4 O C 1959 86 s 9 O C 606 2014 s 2 2 6 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 O C 1959 86 s 10 2 6 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 6 1 O C 1959 86 s 10 2 6 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 6 2 O C 1959 86 s 10 2 7 Public safety 2 7 1 Protecti
203. rk area and the clothing worn shall be used exclusively for carrying out such work 3 1 the employer must provide workers with a changing room that complies with section 3 2 11 4 the employer shall ensure that the protective clothing is clean and dry at the beginning of each day on which it is to be used 5 the employer shall cause reusable protective clothing to be washed or shall cause it to be cleaned by means of a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter before reuse 6 where a worker wears winter work clothes the employer shall provide disposable protective clothing so that the worker can at all times wear 2 layers of disposable protective clothing over his winter work clothes 7 where a person wearing disposable protective clothing leaves the work premises referred to in this section the employer shall ensure that the clothing is placed in a plastic bag supplied by him and he shall ensure that the bag is hermetically sealed immediately 8 the employer shall ensure that a worker does not wear or carry his work clothes and protective footwear outside the work premises referred to this section unless they have been washed or cleaned by means of a vacuum cleaner fitted with a high efficiency filter 9 during work to recover friable materials containing asbestos the employer shall isolate the work area with an enclosure made of materials impervious to asbestos fibres 10 during work to remove false ceilings for the
204. rkday in a construction site chest or an explosive transportation truck in compliance with the quantity and distance standards provided for in section 4 4 1 1 or 4 4 1 2 as the case may be O C 57 2015 s 27 4 4 2 In off duty hours the explosives detonators and other accessories must be sent back to the supplier or stored in accordance with the Regulation under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 r 1 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 2 O C 1959 86 s 46 4 4 3 Dangerous substances Any flammable substance and any product likely to cause a fire or explosion must be handled and stored in compliance with the measures prescribed in section 3 16 10 away from any explosive depot R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 3 O C 57 2015 s 28 4 4 4 Every detonator must be stored in a depot separate from the explosive depot No dike is required around that depot which must be at least 8 m from any other explosive depot R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 4 O C 1959 86 s 47 O C 57 2015 s 29 4 4 5 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 4 5 O C 1959 86 s 48 4 4 6 Revoked http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 56 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 C 5 2 1 r 6 S 4 4 0 U U 5 ZU19 S 3U 4 4 7 na depot explosives and their packages must be stored safely in particular by a limit
205. rms shall a b c a fe f Q certi h be designed constructed and maintained to safely support loads that may be applied to them be at least 480 mm wide be securely fastened in place have braces that tie their vertical and horizontal supports and ensure stability when they are open worked and placed more than 1 8 m above the floor or the ground not include openings or holes such as a sphere of 30 mm can go through have a free space of 2 m above and below unless the danger is indicated where they include welded elements be welded by welders having an O or V class certificate from the Canadian Welding Bureau or a Class A or B qualification ificate in pressure vessel welding issued by Emploi Qu bec bear a plate giving their rated load maximum weight including rated load name of the manufacturer date of manufacture reference to plans submitted and in the http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 24 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry case of a ramp a runway or a platform made after 24 January 1987 identification of the welder i have guard rails complying with Subdivision 3 8 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 7 1 O C 1959 86 s 17 O C 35 2001 s 12 O C 606 2014 s 11 3 7 2 Ramp 1 Any ramp shall a have a slope not exceeding 300 mm of vertical rise to each 900 mm of horizontal run an
206. roval stamp affixed to each of them O C 513 2015 s 5 11 6 A sound alarm system intended to start rescue operations must be present on the work sites O C 513 2015 s 5 SCHEDULE 0 1 s 3 5 6 INCLINE OF A LADDER NOT PERMANENTLY FASTENED Length of the ladder L metres Horizontal distance Indicates the zone within which the foot of the ladder must be placed Horizontal distance between the foot of the ladder and the vertical plane against which it is propped in relation to the length of the ladder Length of the Horizontal distance ladder L metres 1 4 x L 1 3 x L metres metres 8 2 2 7 10 2 5 3 3 http Awww2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 80 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 1 Le 1 1 14 15 3 75 O C 329 94 s 76 SCHEDULE 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c 2 1 r 6 Sch 1 O C 425 2010 s 5 SCHEDULE 2 HANDLING AND USE OF EXPLOSIVES R R Q 1981 c 2 1 r 6 Sch 2 SCHEDULE 2 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 2 1 O C 57 2015 s 59 SCHEDULE 2 2 s 4 7 10 RECORD OF SHOTS R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 2 2 O C 1959 86 s 79 O C 57 2015 s 60 SCHEDULE 2 3 ss 4 4 1 TABLE OF DISTANCES PROPORTIONAL TO QUANTITIES OF EXPLOSIVES CONTAINED IN DEPOTS Quantity of Distance in metres between Quantity of explosiv
207. rumbling if the height of the pile exceeds 1 8 mm bound together if necessary so as to ensure the stability thereof R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 7 O C 329 94 s 66 3 16 5 Pipes Pipes shall be stacked a b c on racks or solid shelves on wooden blocks provided with tappets at both ends or on metal bars of which both ends are bent upwards R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 8 O C 329 94 s 66 3 16 6 Bagged materials Bagged materials shall a i ii b be stacked by cross piling the bags to form layers piled not higher than 10 bags unless the bags are stored in reservoirs or enclosures and the sides of the piles are supported by the walls of the reservoirs or enclosures and be removed from the piles in such a way that the top of the pile remains horizontal R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 9 O C 329 94 s 66 3 16 7 Bound objects 1 a b 2 When drums or barrels are stacked full standing upright the height of the piles shall be limited and 2 planks shall be laid side by side on each row before proceeding on to the next row empty lying on their sides the piles shall be symmetrical and stable and all units in the bottom row shall be carefully wedged Subsection 1 also applies to large diameter pipes to rolls of paper or to any other object having a circular cross section R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 16 10 O C 329 94 ss 65 and 66 3 1
208. ry structures 6 8 1 Concrete slabs resting on the ground or on foundation piles and which cannot be shored shall be designed to support the loads due to the shoring of the upper floors R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 8 1 6 9 Shoring dismantling and deforming 6 9 1 The following provisions shall be respected during deforming a during construction shoring shall remain in place for 21 days unless an engineer delivers an attestation establishing that the cement has attained sufficient strength to support its own mass and the loads that it may have to support b forms shall be removed progressively by section i by taking care to place one s feet on a steady support ii by taking care not to damage the concrete elements and iii by proceeding continuously ahead and foreseeing a free exit path in case of falling objects c in the case of building framework the columns shall be deformed first and d the forms under the slabs and those on the side of the beams and arches shall be removed before the shoring of the beams and arches R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 9 1 6 9 2 Telescopic jacks shall be removed by means other than a sledgehammer or other heaw objects R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 6 9 2 DIVISION VII EXPLOSIVE ACTUATED TOOLS R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec VIl O C 329 94 s 73 7 1 General provisions R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec VII ss 7 1 O C 329 94 s 73 7 1 1 Only a low
209. s 11 4 2 Shot firer s certificate 4 2 1 Shot firer A person who carries out blasting must hold a shot firer s certificate issued by the Commission or a body recognized by it The certificate is issued until the date of expiry of the general permit held under the Act respecting explosives chapter E 22 by the shot firer The certificate is renewed upon request by its holder as long as renewal of the general permit is granted R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 1 O C 1959 86 s 33 O C 1279 98 s 1 O C 57 2015 s 12 4 2 1 1 A shot firer must be in possession of the original of his or her certificate during blasting operations O C 57 2015 s 12 4 2 2 A shot firer may not receive assistance from more than 2 workers who are not certificate holders R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 2 2 O C 1959 86 s 33 O C 57 2015 s 13 4 2 3 In addition to holding a general permit a candidate for a shot firer s certificate must a be 18 years of age and older b provide a document certifying that the candidate s character knowledge and experience make the candidate competent to handle explosives and c pass the written examination prepared by the Commission with a mark of at least 80 Unless the Commission has suspended or revoked the certificate it issued to the shot firer a shot firer holding a certificate issued by a competent authority in another province or a territory of Canada and recognized by the Commission as equival
210. s 3 19 1 3 20 Sandblasting O C 1959 86 s 28 3 20 1 The wearing of an air supplied hood as specified in the Guide des appareils de protection respiratoire utilis s au Qu bec published by the Institut de recherche Robert Sauv en sant et en s curit du travail gloves and clothing designed to ensure protection from dust and abrasive or metal projections is compulsory for any worker using an abrasive air blaster unless the worker is isolated from the process O C 1959 86 s 28 O C 885 2001 s 368 3 20 2 Air supply The air supplied to the hood may be natural and must comply with CAN3 Z180 1 M85 Breathable Compressed Air Production and Distribution and in cases where such air is not made on the premises of the job site it must be certified by the manufacturer as complying with the standard O C 1959 86 s 28 O C 885 2001 s 369 3 20 3 Air flow The air flow supplying the hood must be sufficient to prevent the admission of dust and suspended particles in the air breathed by the workman and must not be less than 165 litres per minute or greater than 430 litres per minute O C 1959 86 s 28 3 20 4 Maintenance of equipment The employer must maintain the equipment as recommended by the manufacturer and keep it clean O C 1959 86 s 28 3 20 5 Ventilation Where work with sandblasting is performed indoors the area must be isolated and ventilated by extraction O C 1959 86 s 28 3 20 6 Abrasive blasting
211. s bark or chips R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 16 4 2 17 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec Il ss 2 17 O C 329 94 s 23 2 17 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 17 1 O C 329 94 s 23 2 18 Transportation of workers 2 18 1 Any motor vehicle used for the transportation of workers must conform to any provision of the Highway Safety Code chapter C 24 2 in the same way as any vehicle used on a public highway R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 18 1 O C 1959 86 s 14 2 18 2 Vehicle driver The employer shall make sure that the driver of the vehicle used for the transportation of workers a has the permit required by the Highway Safety Code chapter C 24 2 b informs the person concerned of all defects of his vehicle and c does not transport anyone if the reported defects have not been repaired or if he judges that his vehicle does not offer all the safety guarantees R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 18 2 O C 1959 86 s 15 2 18 3 The employer shall ensure that any transported worker a is seated on seats or benches at his disposal during transportation except in the case of motor vehicles specially equipped for the transportation of persons standing up and b boards or gets out of the vehicle only when the latter is completely stopped and uses the boarding devices that are at his disposal R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 18 3 2 18 4 Vehicle arrangement 1 Any motor v
212. s tunnels or overpasses 2 The number of full time safety officers required to work on a construction site is proportional to the number of workers working on the site and is determined as follows Number of workers Number of safety on the site officers 150 to 299 300 to 599 600 to 1 199 1 200 to 2 399 2 400 and over ORWNH 3 Moreover a safety officer shall stay on the site when more than 50 workers are working overtime 4 Notwithstanding subsection 1 during the finishing up period of the work the safety officer is not needed when a 20 workers or less are still working on a construction site where less than 200 workers had been employed http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 5 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry b 50 workers or less are still working on a construction site where more than 500 workers had been employed c 10 of the workers are still working on a construction site where between 200 and 500 workers had been employed R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 5 3 O C 1959 86 s 8 2 5 4 Duties of the safety officer 1 The safety officer is a member of the senior personnel under the responsibility of the principal contractor 2 The safety officer shall a have at least 10 years working experience in the construction of industrial commercial or office buildings of public buildings or with a civil enginee
213. s equipped with nozzles may replace the portable water extinguishers The minimum hose diameter shall be 19 mm and the nozzle shall be of the spray type with a minimum opening of 10 mm R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 4 6 3 5 Ladders and step ladders 3 5 1 When there are no stairways ramps passages or mechanical equipment designed for the hoisting of persons ladders shall be used to gain access to a work area R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 1 O C 329 94 s 34 3 5 2 A ladder shall a be designed built maintained and used so as not to endanger the safety of workers b always be used in such a way that the loads applied do not cause any part of the ladder to be stressed beyond allowed stresses and c be suitable for the type of work to be performed with regard to its type as well as to its length and accessories R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 2 3 5 3 Commercial ladders The employer shall ensure that any commercially manufactured ladder that he uses complies with CAN3 Z11 M81 Portable Ladders except to the extent that the standard is modified by this subdivision R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 5 3 O C 329 94 s 35 3 5 4 Site fabricated ladders 1 Any site fabricated ladder shall have a a maximum length of 4 8 m measured along the side rails b a maximum spacing of 400 mm between the side rails unless the site where the ladder is used precludes this In such a case the width of the ladde
214. s fibres b covers the worker s body excluding his face hands and feet c is closed at the neck wrists and ankles work carried out outside means work entirely carried out elsewhere than in a building used having been used or intended to be used to shelter or receive persons animals or things http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2 _1 S2_1R4_A HTM 46 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry O C 459 99 s 1 3 23 2 For the purposes of this subdivision the following categories of sites are established 1 sites where low risk work is carried out a the installation handling or removal of manufactured goods containing asbestos provided they are and remain in a non friable condition such as i vinyl tiles ii acoustic tiles iii gaskets iv seals v asbestos cement products b the sawing cutting shaping or drilling of a product mentioned in subparagraph a of this paragraph with a hand tool or a power tool fitted with a dust collection device equipped with a high efficiency filter c the removal of drywall installed with asbestos joint filling compounds 2 sites where moderate risk work is carried out a the total or partial removal of false ceilings for the purpose of gaining access to a work area where friable materials containing asbestos are found b the enclosure of friable material containing asbestos subject to subparag
215. s material that can be crumbled pulverized or powdered by hand pressure when dry or that is crumbled pulverized or powdered 25 non combustible material means material that complies with CAN4 S114 Standard Method of Test for Determination of Non Combustibility in Building Materials applicable at the time of manufacture of the equipment 25 01 dike means a sandbag barricade an earth mound or the equivalent located less than 50 cm from the depot and whose height is at least equal to the depot 25 1 protective wall means a partition made of plywood at least 9 mm thick or made of another rigid material of an equivalent or greater resistance that is at least 1 8 m high and that is installed at not more than 100 mm above the ground 26 NFPA means the National Fire Protection Association 27 two blocking means a situation where the hook block the hoisting cable counterweight or other accessories attached to the hoisting cable come into contact with the tip of the boom or with the tip of the jib 28 blasting mat means a covering used to offer protection against stones or other objects that may be projected as a result of firing explosives 29 low velocity explosive actuated tool means any tool designed so that when it is used with the maximum explosive charge permitted by the manufacturer s specifications it imparts to the fastener a speed of not more than 91 4 m per second and transmits to it kin
216. s or similar devices made entirely or partly of refractory materials containing asbestos the employer shall cover them entirely with an airtight film O C 459 99 s 7 3 23 10 During work debris of materials containing asbestos shall be placed in airtight containers appropriate to the type of debris regularly during the work shift and at the end of the work shift Debris shall be removed by means of a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter or by wetting the debris before it is removed The containers shall be placed in such a way as to cause no inconvenience Where work is being carried out outside the employer shall also prevent the dispersal of the debris of materials containing asbestos by using airtight film or any other equivalent means O C 54 90 s 3 O C 459 99 s 7 3 23 11 Upon completion of work where airtight drop sheets were used to protect the work area drop sheets intended for re use must be cleaned with a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter Drop sheets intended for disposal must first be wetted then folded so that they hold all the dust that they have collected and finally placed in an airtight container O C 54 90 s 3 3 23 12 Upon completion of work covered by this subdivision the work area and the area around it must be cleaned with a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter or by damp wiping the surfaces and then cleaning them O C 54 90 s 3 3 23 13
217. s placed at a distance equivalent to that prescribed for the protective wall d it shall be possible to manipulate the controls of the equipment used in such method of demolition at a safe distance from the points of impact and e where a swinging weight is used the supporting cables shall be of such a length that it is not possible for the weight to swing against any structure other than the structure being demolished R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 18 3 O C 1959 86 s 26 O C 329 94 s 69 O C 1413 98 s 25 3 18 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 18 4 O C 1959 86 s 27 O C 329 95 s 70 3 18 5 Requirements following demolition The following measures shall be taken after demolition a cellars and excavations shall be rendered inaccessible to the public by protective walls unless they have been completely backfilled to grade b streets sidewalks or public roads shall be free from all temporary obstruction required by the work and shall be returned to their original state and c the demolition site shall be left in such condition that no accident fire or health hazard has been created R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 18 5 O C 1413 98 s 26 3 18 6 Sections 3 18 1 3 18 2 and 3 18 5 apply to all types of demolition R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 18 6 3 19 Work on stilts 3 19 1 Work carried out on stilts or other similar apparatus is forbidden at all times R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6
218. s shall be solidly anchored at vertical intervals not exceeding 3 times the smallest dimension of the base of these scaffoldings The fastening points shall not cover an area greater than 50 m and shall be uniformly distributed in a staggered arrangement if possible R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 10 3 9 11 Means of access Scaffoldings more than 1 5 m from the ground or from any other fixed support shall have means of access safe and clear of any obstruction with a landings at every 6 m and b a stair for scaffoldings 18 m in height or over R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 11 3 9 12 Inspection Scaffoldings shall be inspected by a qualified person a at least once every 3 months b following any failure of the material c after any abnormal pressure or any incident which might have adversely affected the structure and d when re used after any lengthy work interruption R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 12 3 9 13 Hoisting cables for scaffoldings 1 Any hoisting cable for scaffoldings shall a be designed for this use and of the appropriate diameter This diameter not being less than i 19 mm for fibre cables or ii 8 mm for metallic cables b hawe a safety factor of 10 c be provided with the appropriate sockets when spliced into eyeholes or links If cable terminal clamps are used they shall be of a size appropriate to the diameter of the metallic cable and so placed that the band of the U is on
219. safe design 2 A cable mobile crane must be equipped with a protective device complying with the device described in paragraph 1 Depending on the date on which the crane was manufactured the device must be installed not later than Date on which the crane Final date on which the protection was manufactured device must be installed As of the date of coming At the time it was manufactured into force of this Regulation From 1 January 1995 to On the date of coming into force the day preceding the of this Regulation date of coming into force of this Regulation From 1 January 1990 to 31 December 2001 31 December 1994 From 1 January 1985 to 31 December 2002 31 December 1989 From 1 January 1980 to 31 December 2003 31 December 1984 From 1 January 1975 to 31 December 2004 31 December 1979 From 1 January 1970 to 31 December 2005 31 December 1974 Before 1 January 1970 31 December 2006 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 15 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 This section does not apply to a cable mobile crane equipped with a shovel a dragging bucket a clamshell bucket or a pile hammer and that is used for purposes other than the hoisting of loads and to a cable mobile crane that is used to carry out the following foundation work including all handling work required to that end pile driving installation of drilled or excavated cais
220. sed area only if there is i sufficient air supply for normal combustion and ii sufficient ventilation c protected from any damage or overturning d located so as not to block the means of egress e connected to a metal chimney if used to burn a solid fuel in order to discharge the products of combustion outside the building and f connected to the liquid fuel tank by means of piping well protected against any damage R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 4 3 11 5 An electric air heater must be certified in accordance with CAN CSA Standard C22 2 No 46 Electric Air Heaters applicable at the time of its manufacture R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 5 O C 393 2011 s 14 3 11 6 oil heating equipments shall be installed in accordance with CSA Standard B139 1971 Installation Code for Oil Burning Equipment with the exception however of clause 12 3 of that Code R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 11 6 3 11 7 Any radiator device or equipment operated with natural gas and used on a construction site shall a comply with CAN CGA Standard B 149 1 M91 Natural Gas Installation Code if it is fired with natural gas and with CAN CGA Standard B 149 2 M91 Propane Installation Code if it is fired with propane gas and b not discharge gases into the work environment that could cause gas concentrations to exceed the standards prescribed in section 2 10 8 Subparagraph b of the first paragraph also applies to oil rad
221. sible by means of either a ladder or steps with handrails d have the motors stopped when refuelling e not be used if weather conditions could render its use hazardous or during repairs or maintenance or when refuelling f provide a safety equal to the original safety following any repair or changing of parts g be used according to the manufacturer s instructions and h not be modified without an engineer s signed and sealed authorization specifying that such modification provides a safety equivalent to that provided by the apparatus when new R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 1 3 10 2 Self propelled vehicles 1 Any self propelled vehicle shall be a provided with efficient brakes and b provided with horns that shall be used when approaching pedestrians doors curves and hazardous areas This requirement does not apply to crawler type dozers to skidders or to all terrain vehicles 2 The operators of self propelled vehicles shall be protected against falling objects or material by means of canopies protective screens cabs or structures That requirement does not apply to all terrain vehicles 3 Self propelled vehicles equipped with a winch at the back to haul materials shall have a protective screen between the winch and the operator 4 Persons other than the operator are prohibited from boarding self propelled vehicles unless these vehicles are equipped with seats and accessories for their protection
222. solution aqueous gelatin a blasting agent or a blasting accessory 19 paragraph revoked 20 manufacturer means means the maker or his agent or where manufacture is done on the site the employer 21 safety factor means the ratio of the ultimate load to the working load 21 1 respirable asbestos fibre means asbestos fibre having a diameter of less than 3 um and a ratio of length to diameter of more than 3 1 Only fibres longer than 5 um are taken into account for measurement purposes 21 2 high efficiency filter means a filter capable of filtering particles of 0 3 um in size at an efficiency rate of at least 99 97 22 face means the most advanced work point in a given direction in an underground excavation at a given level 23 paragraph revoked 23 0 free fall distance means the vertical distance measured from the beginning of a fall from the harness D ring to which the fall arrest connecting device is attached to the point where the fall arrest system begins to apply force to stop the fall 24 jumbo means a hammer carrying head designed for drilling at the face without having to repeatedly disassemble drilling machines 24 0 fall arrest connecting device means all equipment such as a lanyard energy absorber snap hook connector life line or rope grab used to secure a safety harness to an anchorage system 24 1 paragraph revoked 24 2 friable material mean
223. sons installation of sheet piling setting up of shoring devices below grade work drilling of tie rods or anchors and ground improvement techniques such as dynamic compacting and vibroflotation O C 53 90 s 5 O C 35 2001 s 10 2 15 7 2 2 Overload protection device 1 Any mobile crane used for hoisting loads must be equipped with one of the following overload protection devices a rated capacity limiter a load moment system or a load indicating device Depending on the date on which the crane was manufactured the load indicating device must be installed not later than Date on which the crane Final date on which the load indicating was manufactured device must be installed From 1 January 1980 to 31 December 2005 31 December 2004 From 1 January 1975 to 31 December 2010 31 December 1979 2 Any mobile crane manufactured on or after 1 January 2005 must be equipped with a load indicating device or a load moment system The devices must be of the fail safe design 3 Load indicating devices and load moment systems may be equipped with a function allowing them to be bypassed 4 Load indicating devices must comply with Standard SAEJ376 APR85 Load Indicating Devices on Lifting Crane Service 5 Rated capacity limiters and load moment systems must comply with Standard SAEJ159 APR94 Load Moment System 6 This section does not apply to a cable mobile crane equipped with a shovel a dragging bucket a clamshell bucket or a pile hamm
224. source liable to increase the temperature of the contents above 55 C c be used only for the purposes for which it is intended and d be handled in such a way as not to damage it R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 13 5 O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 6 A compressed gas cylinder shall be used only under the following conditions a it shall be placed upright so that the pressure limiting device is in constant and direct contact with the gaseous phase and b it shall be fastened to a rigid structure or held on a cart designed for the transportation of such cylinder or on the vehicle it supplies O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 7 When a compressed gas cylinder is not in use a it shall be held in place upright with the valves on top and b the protective cap shall be in place O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 8 Compressed gas cylinders connected in series by a manifold shall be supported and maintained together forming a unit with the use of a rack or another installation designed for that purpose and the valves and safety devices shall be protected against shock O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 9 itis prohibited to lift compressed gas cylinders by the collar or the protective cap O C 1413 98 s 20 3 13 10 Any propane gas cylinder that is not connected for use shall be stored outside and protected from unauthorized handling a in a place where no vehicles or mobile equipment are used or moved or b in an area protected by a continuo
225. stretched cable has been reduced by i 0 8mm for cables of 8 mm to 15 mm in diameter or ii 1 2 mm for cables of 15 mm to 25 mm in diameter c the exterior wires present a worn aspect covering more than 50 of their diameter d corrosion is more than superficial 6 Any hoisting cable when being used on an apparatus shall not be left lying on the ground but kept in a receptacle R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 13 O C 329 94 s 45 O C 393 2011 s 10 O C 513 2015 s 4 3 9 14 Utilization 1 The employer shall see that no one works on a scaffolding a which does not conform to this Code b during a storm or a high wind period or c when the platform is covered with ice snow or sleet unless the said surface has been covered with an anti slip substance 2 Workmen shall not work on scaffoldings with different levels unless protection has been provided over those working below in order to stop tools or other objects which may fall from a higher level 3 A hoisting apparatus forming part of the installation shall be installed and operated according to the manufacturer s instructions 4 In assembling metal scaffolding it is prohibited to use any piece that has been reformed or straightened in such a way that its strength is diminished 5 No vehicle or equipment which can be moved and on which a scaffolding is installed or erected may be moved when a worker is on the scaffolding R R Q 1981 c S 2 1
226. sure inside each compartment which can be read from the inside and the outside of the medical lock i be equipped with a system of sprinklers which can be operated manually from either the inside or the outside of the lock k be equipped with oxygen supply lines and accessories leading to outside tanks The supply lines shall be equipped with control valves in order to prevent backflow The oxygen system inside the lock shall be of the closed circuit type and designed in such a way that the oxygen supply is automatically cut off when the fire prevention system is turned on I be under the constant responsibility of a person under direct control of the site s physician This person shall know how to operate the medical lock and be familiar with the procedures for treating employees showing signs of a decompression ailment m be equipped with medical facilities containing the oxygen respiratory equipment approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NIOSH n be maintained at a temperature not lower than 21 C and not higher than 32 C when in use 0 be equipped with air sources free of carbon monoxide and oil for normal and emergency use which are capable of raising the air pressure in the lock from 0 to 520 kPa in 5 minutes p be equipped with a trestle bed and q be constructed and fitted with non combustible materials R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 8 7 9 8 8 In the immediate vicinity of the medi
227. t be placed at the disposal of workers for each flushing toilet The sink must be maintained in good operating condition and in a clean and sanitary condition and the following products must be placed at the disposal of workers a soap or another cleansing agent b a hand dryer roller towels or paper towels c where paper towels are used waste paper baskets for their disposal A notice indicating that the water is not suitable as drinking water must be displayed so that it is visible to workers where applicable O C 428 2015 s 4 3 2 9 Lunch room On any work site where there are 10 or more workers and where the work lasts more than 7 days the employer must make a room available to the workers where they may take their meals The room must a not have any dimension of less than 2 3 m b have 1 1 m of floor area per person who eats in the room c be heated to a minimum of 20 C d be properly ventilated and lighted and prohibited to smoking e be provided with hooks for clothing f be furnished with sufficient tables and chairs for the number of workers who may eat there at the same time g be supplied with covered recipients for waste and h be maintained in good clean and sanitary condition The room must not serve for the storage of materials equipment or tools R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 9 O C 329 94 s 29 O C 428 2015 s 5 3 2 10 Changing room The employer must provide a changing room
228. t notched as illustrated to clear the 1st bolt already in place to support the beam R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 6 O C 391 2011 s 3 SCHEDULE 7 s 5 2 2 SIGNALMAN TRAINING PROGRAM 1 Construction sites concerned The program applies to signalmen who perform their duties on construction sites where work is carried out near aerial electrical lines 2 Objective of program To allow any person designated to act as a signalman for an extensible construction equipment operator manoeuvring near aerial electrical lines to acquire the theoretical and practical knowledge needed for the performance of his duties 3 Operational objective To ensure that the employer assigns qualified persons to assist extensible construction equipment operators 4 Content of program Causes of electrocution induction lightning accidental contact repowering of a dead line electrostatic induction loop effect etc Theoretical notions resistance of ground rod pace voltage and touch voltage effect of currents on trailing cables etc Laws regulations and standards in force Work methods and equipment Prescribed approach distances Location of storage areas handling of materials and filling of gas tanks Approach distances applicable to equipment and vehicles in motion Safety measures applicable to work in the work area The grounding of equipment and loads Conventional and hand signals 5 Duration of program This program shall have a durati
229. t workmen who are not assigned to work in a confined space from entering that space O C 1959 86 s 28 3 21 6 Emergency Where the environment is unhealthy and the situation endangers the life or safety of a person the employer a must ensure that the emergency measures prescribed in section 3 21 1 are taken and b may despite section 3 21 2 allow a workman to enter the confined space if such workman has had special training for such circumstances and if he is informed of the hazards he will be exposed to O C 1959 86 s 28 3 22 Work in isolated locations O C 1959 86 s 28 3 22 1 Where a workman works alone in an isolated location where it is impossible for him to call for help the employer must provide an efficient intermittent or continuous watch O C 1959 86 s 28 3 23 Work liable to produce asbestos dust emissions O C 54 90 s 3 3 23 0 1 For the purposes of this subdivision any material and product contains asbestos where the asbestos concentration is of at least 0 1 In that respect the second paragraph of section 69 5 of the Regulation respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 r 13 applies O C 476 2013 s 5 3 23 1 This subdivision applies to any construction site where work liable to produce asbestos dust emissions is carried out O C 54 90 s 3 3 23 1 1 For the purposes of this subdivision protective clothing means clothing that a resists the penetration of asbesto
230. tated by the circumstances shall be taken and this operation shall be performed in the presence of a representative of the employer 4 Ifthe safety of any person is threatened by the uncontrolled movement or the swinging of a raised load one or more guide ropes shall be used 5 Subsection revoked 6 The crane operator shall not allow a worker to stand on a load a hook or a sling suspended to a hoisting apparatus 7 Hooks used for hoisting loads and hooks attached to slings shall be equipped with a safety catch R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 6 O C 53 90 s 4 O C 329 94 s 18 O C 35 2001 s 8 2 15 7 1 All site elevators must conform to CSA Standard 2185 1975 Safety Code for Personnel Hoists R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 7 1 2 15 7 2 A mobile crane shall conform to CSA Standard 2150 1974 Safety Code for Mobile Cranes and its supplement No 1 1977 with the exception of section 4 3 2 5 A mobile crane log book shall be kept up to date in accordance with that standard and shall comply with Schedule 9 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 15 7 2 O C 1413 98 s 7 O C 35 2001 s 9 2 15 7 2 1 Two blocking situation protection device 1 Any mobile crane with a telescopic boom shall be equipped with a device designed to warn the operator that a two blocking situation is about to occur by means of warning lights and buzzer or an apparatus that stops the equipment The protection device must be of the fail
231. th waste products from a mechanical tool f be illuminated in conformity with CSA Standard C92 1 1975 Industrial Lighting g have a minimum width of 600 mm between machines installations or piles of materials or goods This width shall be increased according to the danger present or the size of the parts to be handled h paragraph revoked i have no opening at floor or roof level unless the opening is surrounded by guard rails or closed by a load resistant cover for any loads to which it may be subjected but not less than 2 4 kN m If the cover or guard rails interfere with the carrying out of the work the cover or the guard rails may be removed and replaced for the duration of the work by installing a continuous barrier or trestles of a minimum height of 0 7 m at a distance varying between 0 9 m and 1 2 m from the opening or a warning line complying with the requirements in section 2 9 4 1 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 4 O C 329 94 ss 27 and 29 O C 1413 98 s 11 O C 35 2001 s 11 O C 606 2014 s 9 3 2 5 Hazard signs A danger zone shall be marked off by hazard signs a below an outrigger scaffolding a suspended scaffolding or a boatswain s chair and b at any place where a mobile crane concrete pump derrick jib crane derrick crane mechanically raised aerial platform apparatus or an aerial basket is used R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 1 5 O C 995 91 s 7 O C 329 94 s 29 O C 1413 98 s 12
232. the calculations mentioned in this section R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 2 2 10 7 3 Impact noises On a construction site the daily exposure of a worker to an impact noise shall not exceed the number in the following table Sound level in dB Permitted number linear peak value of impulses per 8 hours 120 10 000 121 7 943 122 6 310 123 5 012 124 3 981 125 3 162 126 2512 127 1 995 128 1 585 129 1 259 130 1 000 FIE 794 132 631 133 501 134 398 Tag 316 136 251 137 200 138 158 139 126 140 100 gt 140 0 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 10 7 3 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 10 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 2 10 7 4 Impact noises of different levels When a worker is exposed to impact noises of different levels the combined effect of these levels shall be computed by adding the following fractions where C indicates the total number of impacts at a specific sound level and N indicates the total number of impacts permitted in accordance with section 2 10 7 3 For the purposes of this section the computation shall not include any exposure of a worker to a sound level of less than 120 dB linear peak value Where this method of computation is used a worker shall not be exposed to a sound level so that the sum of the fractions exc
233. the effects of the blasting R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 1 1 Decision 83 11 17 s 1 O C 1959 86 s 1 O C 53 90 s 1 O C 54 90 s 1 O C 995 91 s 1 O C 807 92 s 1 O C 329 94 s 1 O C 1413 98 s 1 O C 35 2001 s 1 O C 119 2008 s 1 O C 425 2010 s 4 O C 393 2011 s 1 O C 476 2013 s 4 O C 606 2014 s 1 O C 57 2015 s 1 O C 428 2015 s 1 O C 513 2015 s 1 DIVISION Il GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 1 Scope 2 1 1 This Code applies to any work carried out on a construction site within the meaning of the Act respecting occupational health and safety chapter S 2 1 except for facilities provided to workers by the employer for administrative lodging eating or recreational purposes to which this Code applies only where a formal provision exists to that effect R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 1 1 Decision 83 11 17 s 2 O C 393 2011 s 2 2 1 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 1 2 O C 1959 86 s 2 2 2 Responsibility and powers of inspectors R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec Il ss 2 2 O C 329 94 s 2 O C 119 2008 s 2 2 2 1 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 2 1 O C 1959 86 s 2 2 2 2 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 2 2 O C 1959 86 s 2 2 2 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 2 3 O C 1959 86 s 2 2 2 4 The inspector shall communicate the findings of his inspection to the employer the principal contractor the
234. the installation of posts is allowed if the following conditions are complied with 1 the lift cylinders of the boom arm or bucket of the machine are provided with load lowering control devices that comply with one of the following standards a for machinery manufactured before 5 May 2011 ISO 8643 1988 Earth Moving Machinery Hydraulic Excavator and Backhoe Loader Boom Lowering Control Device Requirements and Tests with the necessary modifications http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 33 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry b for machinery manufactured on or after 5 May 2011 ISO 8643 Earth Moving Machinery Hydraulic Excavator and Backhoe Loader Boom Lowering Control Device Requirements and Tests with the necessary modifications 2 the outriggers are provided with control devices installed in accordance with one of the standards referred to in subparagraph a or b of paragraph 1 O C 1413 98 s 17 O C 393 2011 s 13 3 10 4 Utilization 1 Any construction equipment shall be used by a competent operator or be under his supervision 2 No person shall operate a vehicle on a construction site unless a he holds a licence to use the vehicle on a public highway in accordance with the Highway Safety Code chapter C 24 2 or b he is the holder of a document attesting to his ability to drive the vehicle off public highways
235. the maximum pressure is over 140 kPa but not more than 350 kPa 3 A copy of Schedule 3 2 giving decompression periods shall be posted at the controls and in each air lock R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 8 9 2 9 A person may be decompressed in 3 stages as described in section 9 2 8 at a rate not greater than twice the rate stipulated if a he has had previous experience with the hazards of compressed air b he has been subject to air pressure not exceeding 200 kPa for one half hour or less and has not performed manual work therein and c no person is in the air lock during decompression other than the person to whom paragraphs a and b apply R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 9 9 2 10 Any employer shall keep a record for each worker listing hours worked decompression and rest periods He shall also note all unfavorable symptoms observed or admitted by any worker leaving a compressed air area http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 74 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 2 10 9 3 Air supply 9 3 1 Two or more air compressors shall be installed so that if one unit becomes inoperative the remaining unit or units will be of sufficient capacity to supply the air required for all working chambers and air locks R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 9 3 1 9 3 2 The energy required to supply compressed
236. the supporting end of the cable d be bound at both ends to avoid unravelling of the strands e be shielded from projections of the building f be adequately protected when corrosive substances are used nearby g be kept in a cool and dry place protected against chemical or corrosive vapours h if used with a hoisting apparatus having a friction drum be long enough to reach the ground or be prevented from coming out of the hoisting apparatus by twisting the free end around an eyelet and fixing it by means of a cable clamp This last method must be used for any work above a body of water or watercourse and i if used with a hoisting apparatus having a winding drum be fixed to the drum with a fastener having a minimum resistance of 80 of the breaking point of the hoisting cable 2 Any fibre cable a shall not be used in any of the following cases i when the suspension points are more than 30 m above ground ii on winch drums iii near corrosive or chemical substances unless it has been appropriately treated b shall not drag on rough surfaces c shall be kept in good condition by i drying it out and ii protecting it from frost and d shall be replaced after 2 years of services or before if the cable is frayed and if the strands are discoloured or blackened and are beginning to crumble by producing a whitish dust 3 Synthetic fibre cable may be used in place of fibre cable if the same standar
237. the work clothes changing room and treat them as waste or shall remove their reusable protective clothing and put it immediately in a receptacle filled with water or where clothes are washed in the work clothes changing room in the tub of a washer filled with water http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 49 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry b workers shall remove their work clothes and protective footwear in the work clothes changing room and those articles before being put away shall be washed or cleaned by means of a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter c workers shall wash and remove their safety helmets and respirators under the shower disposable cartridges shall be thrown into a garbage can and the other parts of the respirator shall be washed under the shower and then hung to dry in a clean area free of dust d workers shall shower immediately before entering the street clothes changing room e work clothes and protective footwear shall be washed before being transported outside the work premises referred to in this section where the work clothes are winter clothes they shall be cleaned by means of a vacuum cleaner equipped with a high efficiency filter and placed in an airtight bag and the employer shall cause them to be dry cleaned and water proofed 8 the work area and the work clothes changing room shall be sealed
238. ting device to an anchorage system provided by the device s manufacturer or failing that to an anchorage system complying with section 2 10 15 The harness and fall arrest connecting device must comply with section 2 10 12 4 Mobile cranes are not governed by this section 5 For the purposes of this section certified organization means an organization certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau to the requirements of CSA Standard W178 1 1996 Certification of Welding Inspection Organizations load bearing device means a device that carries or supports loads relative to the use of an aerial device non destructive testing means testing other than visual carried out and interpreted by a Level Il inspector certified by the Canadian General Standards Board in compliance with the certification standards for personnel assigned to non destructive inspection of materials R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 10 8 O C 329 94 s 53 O C 1413 98 s 18 O C 35 2001 s 19 O C 606 2014 s 17 3 10 9 Material hoistin apparatus g 1 Any hoisting apparatus used to lift materials on construction site shall a have solid moorings and fastening devices designed constructed and installed in such a way so as to support all loads and stresses which may be applied to them b be constructed of adapted materials c have an outrigger beam capable of supporting 4 times the maximum working load of the apparatus This beam shall con
239. tions 2 10 12 and 2 10 15 The work area must then be delimited in particular by a continuous barrier or trestles of a minimum height of 0 7 m located at a distance varying between 0 9 m and 1 2 m from the place where workers are at risk of falling or by a warning line complying with the requirements of section 2 9 4 1 so as to prevent access thereto by persons not working therein R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 9 2 O C 995 91 s 2 O C 35 2001 s 5 O C 606 2014 s 4 2 9 3 Safety net Where a safety net is installed it must 1 be installed so as to allow a free fall of not more than 6 m 2 have a sufficiently large area to intercept a person who has fallen 3 be capable of supporting a mass of 115 kg falling from a maximum height of 6 m and with a safety factor of 3 4 be sufficiently flexible to form a pocket and retain any person who has fallen 5 be weather resistant 6 be free of all foreign matter 7 have openings of about 150 mm x 150 mm 8 be installed in such a way that when used the person who falls therein will not hit an obstacle under or above the net or be hit by an object R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 9 3 O C 995 91 s 2 O C 35 2001 s 5 2 9 4 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 9 4 O C 329 94 s 6 2 9 4 0 Despite section 2 9 2 a warning line may be installed during bridging or roofing work on surfaces with a slope equal to or less than 15 3 12 in order to
240. to a shaft as long as the appropriate signals have not been previously given R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 6 8 11 7 The devices for transmitting signals shall be kept within easy reach at the bottom of the shaft during sinking operations R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 7 http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38 amp file S_2 _1 S2_1R4_A HTM 72 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry amp 11 8 When tunnels cover a distance of more than 150 m from the base of a shaft a telephone system shall be installed with extensions a at the surface b atthe base of the shaft and c ata maximum distance of 75 m from the face Telephone outlets shall be installed at intervals of 150 m along the tunnel R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 8 8 11 9 The beginning of any fire explosion or other emergency shall be signalled by 9 intermittent signals originating from the lighting system R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 11 9 8 12 Emergency measures 8 12 1 An evacuation and rescue procedure shall be set up and kept up to date All means of egress shall be indicated and all workers shall be familiar with this procedure and the means of egress R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 8 12 1 8 12 2 A rescue team shall be available at all times This team shall be made up of at least 3 persons who shall a be in excellent physical condition b have received perti
241. to any construction work carried out near an aerial electrical line R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 5 1 1 5 1 2 However this Division does not apply to a a neutral conductor b an insulated cable less than 750 V of the duplex triplex or quadruplex assembly type c a consumer or distributor branching less than 750 V d the electrical installation of the consumer e the construction repair or maintenance of an electrical line carried out by a worker of an electrical power company or by an employer authorized by it f the construction repair or maintenance of a communications network performed on a structure supporting an electrical line by an employer authorized by an electrical power company or g work performed near an electrical line 750 V or less provided that there is insulation between the worker and the non insulated live parts R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 5 1 2 5 2 Interdictions 5 2 1 The employer shall ensure that no one performs work liable to bring any part load scaffolding machine component or person closer than the minimum approach distance specified in the following table Tension between phases Minimum approach volts distance metres Less than 125 000 3 125 000 to 250 000 5 250 000 to 550 000 8 More than 550 000 12 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 5 2 1 O C 35 2001 s 22 5 2 2 The employer who wishes to carry out work liable to bring any part load scaffolding machine compo
242. ty of coming in contact with them b To avoid stray electric currents or current leaks to ground bare connections between the lead wires and the cap leg wires or between the cap leg wires must not come in contact with the ground or equipment R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 12 O C 1959 86 s 58 4 6 13 During the final connection of lead wires and the various electric blasting caps the entire firing circuit must be checked using a blasting ohmmeter R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 13 O C 1959 86 s 58 O C 57 2015 s 42 4 6 14 Blasting machine 1 The blasting machine shall be stored in a cool dry place 2 It shall be kept in good operating condition and shall be tested regularly 3 The capacity of the blasting machine shall be clearly marked on each machine and such capacity shall never be exceeded Only the shot firer shall have access to the operating components of such apparatus R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 4 6 14 4 6 15 Detonating fuse When the lead wires are composed of detonating fuses the employer must ensure that the following safety measures are complied with http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 58 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry a spliced pieces are not used in a single blasthole b after priming the down line is cut from the reel and a sufficient length approximately 200 mm protrudes from t
243. uction industry K K Q 1961 C O 2 1 r 0 SCN 2 5 U L 1999 00 S U U L 9 ZU15 S OT R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 2 4 O C 1959 86 s 81 SCHEDULE 2 5 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 2 5 O C 1959 86 s 81 SCHEDULE 2 6 s 4 7 5 EVALUATION OF THE MAXIMUM AUTHORIZED PARTICLE SPEED OF THE DISTANCE BETWEEN BLASTING AND BUILDINGS OR OF THE ACCEPTABLE FREQUENCY OF VIBRATIONS O C 57 2015 s 62 SCHEDULE 3 WORKS IN COMPRESSED AIR R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 Sch 3 SCHEDULE 3 1 ss 9 2 1 9 2 3 and 9 2 4 WORKING HOURS AND REST PERIODS COLUMN 1 COLUMN 2 COLUMN 3 COLUMN 4 COLUMN 5 COLUMN 6 Work pressure for Max Work Max work Min rest Max work Min rest one period per 24hr 1st period 1st period 2nd period 2nd period hr hr hr hr hr Above normal not exceeding 96 kPa 7 1 2 3 3 4 1 1 4 3 3 4 1 4 Above 96 kPa not exceeding 138 kPa 6 3 21 4 3 3 4 Above 138 kPa not exceeding 180 kPa 4 2 3 1 2 2 1 1 2 Above 180 kPa not exceeding 220 kPa 3 1 1 2 4 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 Above 220 kPa not exceeding 262 kPa 2 1 5 J 2 Above 262 kPa not exceeding 303 kPa 1 172 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 2 Above 303 kPa not exceeding 345 kPa 1 1 2 6 1 2 2 R R Q 1981 c SCHEDULE 3 2 s 9 2 8 S 2 1 r 6 Sch 3 1 DECOMPRESSION PERIODS Work ist stage from 2nd stage from 3rd stage from Total pressure maximum to 1 2 1 2 to 1 4 1 4 to the norma
244. uction site 2 8 1 Vehicular traffic shall be controlled in order to protect any person on the site The principal contractor shall implement the following measures a atraffic plan showing i the location and size of all roads ii traffic signs and iii allowed maximum speeds b this plan must be available at all times on the work site http www2 publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2 _1 S2_1R4_A HTM 6 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry c signs and maximum speed indicators must be located in accordance with this plan and d dust must be kept down on all roads R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 8 1 O C 329 94 s 5 2 9 Fall protection R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 sec Il ss 2 9 O C 329 94 s 6 O C 35 2001 s 5 2 9 1 Safety measures Workers shall be protected against falls in the following cases 1 if they are at risk of falling more than 3 m from the place where he is working 2 if they are at risk of falling a into a dangerous liquid or substance b on a moving component c on equipment or material that constitute a danger d from a height of 1 2 m or more where they use a wheelbarrow or a vehicle In such cases and subject to section 2 9 2 one or several of the following measures shall be taken by the employer to ensure the safety of workers 1 change the work position of workers so that they can work on the ground or on
245. umn anchor rods that is subsequent to their installation O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 14 Stacks of shims Each column that stands on concrete foundations must rest on at least 2 stacks of shims of at least 9 in and located near the anchor rods unless another levelling device offering equivalent safety is provided for in the erection plan O C 391 2011 s 2 http www publicationsduq uebec g ouv q c ca dynamicSearch telecharg e php type 38file S_2_1 S2_1R4_A HTM 51 87 8 9 2015 Safety Code for the construction industry 3 24 15 Hoisting procedure A hoisting procedure must be developed when a load is handled 1 by more than one hoisting apparatus 2 by a hoisting apparatus other than a crane 3 ona pallet by a hoisting apparatus other than a fork lift truck Where a hoisting apparatus is anchored to an existing structure the anchor point and its working load limit must be specified in the hoisting procedure O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 16 Component weight Information about the weight of each component of a steel structure to be erected must be accessible on the work premises In addition the weight must be indicated on each component exceeding 500 kg O C 391 2011 s 2 3 24 17 Hoist hooks Every hook used to hoist a load must present one of the following characteristics 1 be equipped with a safety latch 2 close under the application of the load and be equipped with a self locking latch requiring a positive acti
246. us barricade or trestles of a minimum height of 0 7 m O C 1413 98 s 20 3 14 Welding and cutting 3 14 1 Welding and cutting operations are prohibited close to combustible materials or in places containing flammable or explosive dusts gases or vapours unless precautions are taken to prevent fire or explosions R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 14 1 3 14 2 Any electric or gas welding or cutting operation and the installation handling and maintenance of the equipment used for such operations shall comply with CAN CSA Standard W117 2 M87 Safety in Welding Cutting and Allied Processes except section 7 8 2 2 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 14 2 O C 1413 98 s 21 3 14 3 No cutting welding or other work requiring an open flame shall be performed on a vessel reservoir pipe or other container where a flammable or explosive substance may be present unless a air samples have been taken to indicate that the work may be done without danger or b procedures have been taken in accordance with subdivision 9 8 of CAN CSA Standard W117 2 M87 Safety in Welding Cutting and Allied Processes R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 14 3 O C 1413 98 s 22 3 14 4 Protective screens against radiation shall be installed where electric arc welding or cutting operations are liable to constitute a danger to the health safety and physical well being of persons other than the welder R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 14 4 O C 141
247. ve the employer may continue to use the extensible construction equipment for a total of not more than 8 hours of working time provided that he is assisted by a flagperson who has successfully completed the training course in the program described in Schedule 7 R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 5 2 2 O C 1959 86 s 72 O C 53 90 s 10 O C 35 2001 s 23 5 2 3 The employer who carries out work less than 30 m away from an electrical line with a voltage higher than 250 000 V shall ensure that the following requirements are respected a refueling shall be done outside the area b construction equipment on tires shall be equipped with an electrostatic link between the metallic part and the ground and c during the installation or manipulation of a metal duct fence or above ground structure it shall be grounded every 30 m R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 5 2 3 5 2 4 Before carrying out work near an electrical line held at each supporting point otherwise than by one wooden post the employer shall obtain in writing the line voltage from the electrical power company R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 5 2 4 5 3 Warning sign 5 3 1 The employer shall ensure that the owner or lessee of any piece of machinery used to lift a load and capable of vertical lateral or rotational motion posts on such machinery in a conspicuous place so as to be seen by the operator a warning sign reading DANGER N APPROCHEZ PAS DES LIGNES ELECTRIQU
248. ve measure A construction site shall be separated from any place to which the public has access by a a covered passage if the works are carried out on more than one floor and if the sidewalk or the public way is less than 2 m from the site or from the projection of the latter at the level of the sidewalk or the public way or b protective wall if the sidewalk or the public ways is 2 m or more away and should there be any danger to the pedestrians R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 7 1 O C 1413 98 s 3 O C 35 2001 s 2 2 7 2 Characteristics of covered passage The covered passage shall a have a clear height of at least 2 1 m b have a clear width of at least 1 5 m or equal to the width of the sidewalk whichever is less c be so designed and built as to support safely any load which may be reasonably applied to it However the passage shall be able to support a load at least 2 400 N m applied on the roof d have a weatherproof roof sloped towards the site e be totally enclosed on the site side and present a smooth surface on the inside of the passage f have a guardrail of 1 070 mm in height on the street side when the passage is supported on posts on this side and g be sufficiently lighted when the street is lighted R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 7 2 O C 35 2001 s 3 2 7 3 Revoked R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 2 7 3 O C 1413 98 s 4 O C 35 2001 s 4 2 8 Traffic control on a constr
249. where work will be carried out above or near water the principal contractor must before the work begins 1 a b 2 a b c a fe f C 3 a b a 4 a b a e o h prepare a description of the body of water or watercourse indicating in particular the type of body of water or watercourse and its characteristics during the time of the work the means used to know the water temperature and weather conditions prepare a description of the work indicating in particular the work sites the nature of the work the number of workers on the work sites the work schedules the dates on which the work begins and ends the location of the work lunch and rest areas the platforms barges and other boats specifying their dimensions capacity and respective use prepare a water transportation plan adapted to the specific conditions of the work and the characteristics of the body of water or watercourse indicating in particular the name of each person in charge of water transportation operations the location of the boarding and landing areas the boats used to transport workers specifying the name of each driver the routes and the direction of the boats the safety rules to be complied with during water transportation prepare a rescue plan adapted to the specific conditions of the work and the characteristics of the body of water or watercourse indicating in particular the name of each person in charge
250. y equivalent to No 1 spruce c barked if it is rough timber and d without paint or any opaque coating 3 The metal parts of a scaffolding shall a not be weakened by rust nor by any corrosive material and b if tubular elements are used not be weakened by the effects of cold or heat R R Q 1981 c S 2 1 r 6 s 3 9 3 O C 53 90 s 8 O C 329 94 s 43 3 9 4 Erection and dismantling 1 The erection and dismantling of scaffoldings shall be performed under the supenision and control of a qualified person 2 All parts of a scaffolding shall be inspected by a qualified person before its erection 3 During erecting and dismantling operations all safety measures shall be taken to prevent objects from falling 4 Tools appropriate to the type of scaffolding shall be placed at the disposal of the workers 5 In order to protect workers against falls when they erect or dismantle scaffolding one or several measures provided for in subparagraphs 1 to 4 of the second paragraph of section 2 9 1 shall be taken 6 During the erection or dismantling of scaffolding any other work shall a be performed on only those sections which conform to this Code and b not be performed under the sections being used unless an overhead protection for workers is provided to catch objects which fall from a higher level 7 During its erection or dismantling no scaffolding shall be left in such a state that it may create a hazard R R

Safety Code for the construction industry

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents